UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


For the fiscal year ended:		Commission file number:
December 31, 2011		001-34903

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware		27-3679414
(State of Incorporation)		(IRS Employer Identification Number)


17672 Laurel Park Drive North, Suite 400 E Livonia, Michigan		48152
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)		(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:(248) 675-6000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


Title of each class		Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share		New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yeso Nox

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15d of the Act. Yeso Nox

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.Yesx Noo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).Yesx Noo

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filero Accelerated filerx Non-accelerated filero Smaller reporting companyo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).Yeso Nox

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the average high and low trading prices of the common stock as of the closing of trading on June 30, 2011, was approximately $177,881,000.

There were 19,683,032 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding at March 5, 2012.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain portions, as expressly described in this report, of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of the Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. — FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

TABLE OF CONTENTS


	10-K Pages
PART I
Item 1. Business		1
Item 1A. Risk Factors		14
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments		27
Item 2. Properties		27
Item 3. Legal Proceedings		28
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures		28
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities		29
Item 6. Selected Financial Data		30
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		33
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk		55
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		57
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		107
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures		107
Item 9B. Other Information		107
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance		108
Item 11. Executive Compensation		108
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		108
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		109
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services		109
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		110
Signatures		117
Exhibit Index		118
Exhibits
EX-21
EX-23
EX-31.1
EX-31.2
EX-32.1
EX-32.2
EX-101.INS
EX-101.SCH
EX-101.CAL
EX-101.LAB
EX-101.PRE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1. Business

Our Company

Our products are manufactured at 34 production facilities strategically located near our customers in North America, South America, Europe and Asia. We support our manufacturing operations through nine engineering and sales locations throughout the world. We are a disciplined, process-driven company with an experienced management team that has a history of implementing sustainable operational improvements. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated revenues of $2.4 billion and net income attributable to Tower International, Inc. of $8.1 million. In addition, we had Adjusted EBITDA of $227.6 million and an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 9.5% for the year ended December 31, 2011. (Item 7 of this Annual Report and note 16 to our consolidated financial statements include a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA as a non-GAAP measure).

We believe that our product capabilities, our geographic, customer and product diversification, and our competitive cost position us to benefit from the long-term recovery in North American and European automotive industry production and we have made recent investments in Brazil and China to expand our footprint in these rapidly growing markets. We also intend to leverage our program management and engineering expertise to pursue additional growth opportunities outside of our existing automotive markets.

Our History and Corporate Structure

Our Corporate History

Tower Automotive, Inc., our predecessor (the “Predecessor Company”), was formed in 1993 to acquire R. J. Tower Corporation. On February 2, 2005, Tower Automotive, Inc. along with 25 of its United States subsidiaries each filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District of New York. On July 11, 2007, the Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Chapter 11 Reorganization Plan of the debtors and approved the sale of substantially all of the debtors’ assets to Tower Automotive, LLC, an affiliate of Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“CCM”) and funds and accounts affiliated with CCM (collectively, “Cerberus”). The plan became effective on July 31, 2007, and in connection therewith, the debtors completed the sale of substantially all of their assets to Tower Automotive, LLC. As part of the sale, Tower Automotive, LLC also acquired the capital stock of substantially all of the foreign subsidiaries of Tower Automotive, Inc.

Our Corporate Conversion and Initial Public Offering (“IPO”)

On October 14, 2010, (i) all of our equity owners transferred their equity interests in Tower Automotive, LLC to a newly created limited liability company, Tower International Holdings, LLC, a newly formed entity controlled by Cerberus, (ii) Tower Automotive, LLC converted into a Delaware corporation, which was named Tower International, Inc., and (iii) all of the equity interests in Tower Automotive, LLC were converted into common stock of Tower International, Inc. We refer to this transaction as our “Corporate Conversion.”

On October 15, 2010, our common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange following our IPO, through which we raised $80.2 million of proceeds in connection with the sale of 6,633,722 shares of common stock.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Industry

We believe OEMs produce a majority of their structural metal components and assemblies internally. While OEM policies differ and may be especially impacted by their own capacity utilization, the capital expenditures associated with internal production can be substantial. We believe that longer term, OEMs may outsource a greater proportion of their stamping requirements because of this capital and fixed-cost intensity and we may benefit from this shift in our customer preferences. In addition, we believe OEMs will increasingly favor global vehicle platforms supported by larger, more capable and financially strong suppliers. Given our global manufacturing footprint, cost structure and integrated design, engineering and program management capabilities, we are well-positioned to take advantage of these potential opportunities.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to strengthen our leadership position as a supplier to the global automotive industry and to expand opportunistically into non-automotive markets, seeking to capitalize on opportunities beyond the expected automotive industry recovery. We believe that our core strengths described below position us to continue to provide a high-quality, compelling value proposition to our customers, enabling profitable growth. We also believe it is important to maintain a sound balance sheet and that the reduction of our debt over the long-term will enhance stockholder values. Specific strategic objectives include:

Revenue Growth

Our strategy for revenue growth has three main pillars: organic automotive growth, expansion into markets adjacent to the automotive industry, and opportunistic acquisitions and joint ventures.

Organic Automotive Growth: Although near-term uncertainties exist in some parts of the world, we believe that vehicle growth will be above-average over the next three-to-five years. Having significantly improved our cost structure over the last several years, we believe that we are poised to benefit from the long-term cyclical recovery in the European and North American markets and to grow in developing markets like Brazil and China, which we believe have above-average secular growth prospects. Capacity expansions in China and Brazil are expected to lead to more significant growth in subsequent years while maintaining good geographic, customer and platform diversification. For example, we launched an additional facility in Contagem, Brazil during the fourth quarter of 2011.

Expansion into Other Non-Automotive Markets: We intend to continue to leverage our integrated engineering, manufacturing and program management expertise to pursue growth opportunities in non-automotive markets. Although this is expected to be a minor percentage of our business for several years, we believe there is a significant longer term opportunity for expansion and diversification of our revenue.

Opportunistic Acquisitions and Joint Ventures: We intend to analyze and pursue acquisition opportunities where we believe we can add value and realize synergies by improving operating results through the application of our processes. We anticipate that the automotive structural metals and assemblies sector will experience increased consolidation and believe that we are well-positioned to participate successfully in that evolution. We also intend to seek suitable partners to set up additional joint ventures in developing automotive markets such as China, which we believe have above-average secular growth prospects. Further, to support our expansion into non-automotive markets, we may pursue acquisitions that align with our non-automotive initiatives such as the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of W Industries, which operates in the defense and aerospace industry, during the second quarter of 2011.

We are expanding capacity at our existing joint ventures in China through additional facilities located in Chengdu, Changchun, and Dalian. In addition, we reached an agreement with Xiangtan Ditong Automotive Industrial Machinery Co., Ltd. (DIT) in July 2011 to form a joint venture in which we exercise control that was approved by the Chinese government in September 2011. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the joint venture partner contributed its facility located in Xiangtan, China. In February 2012, one of our foreign subsidiaries reached an agreement with Ningbo Beilun Ditong Auto Parts Co., Ltd. (a subsidiary of Ditong Automotive Products Co., Ltd) and Zhejiang Jirun Automobile Co.Ltd. (a subsidiary of Geely Automobile Co,.Ltd), subject to the approval of the Chinese government, to form a majority-owned joint venture located in Ningbo, China. As a result of these actions, we have increased our manufacturing presence in China from two plants to seven plants which will better position us to participate in the expected growth.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Maintain a Sound Balance Sheet

We consider it critical to maintain a sound balance sheet and intend to de-lever the balance sheet over time. During 2010, we refinanced a substantial portion of our long-term debt extending maturities through 2017. Additionally, during 2011 we amended and extended our revolving credit facility which will now mature in 2016. Although near-term cash requirements to fund expansion are expected to limit our cash flow generation, we believe lowering our debt will enhance stockholder value and we intend to reduce our debt when it is practical to do so.

Intense Focus on Cash Flow

We have a common focus and an alignment of management incentives throughout our company on the importance of operating cash flow. For example, we track cash on a daily basis and our global bonus program is partly tied to cash flow metrics. This common focus and aligned incentive with respect to cash flow among all our employees helps us in seeking to create value for our stockholders.

Our Competitive Strengths

Geographic Diversification

We are well-diversified geographically, which positions us to participate in growth opportunities as they occur over time around the world and mitigates the impact of regional production fluctuations on our business. These potential opportunities range from near-term cyclical volume recovery in North America to continued growth in emerging markets such as Brazil and China. Proximity to end customers is especially important in our business because size and weight make our products difficult and expensive to transport. Our geographic mix as a percent of revenues for 2011, 2010 and 2009 is shown below:

Geographic Mix (% of Revenues)


	Year Ended December 31,
Region	2011			2010			2009
Europe		35	%		36	%		40	%
North America		35	%		32	%		29	%
South Korea		15	%		14	%		12	%
South America		9	%		10	%		10	%
China		6	%		8	%		9	%
Total		100	%		100	%		100	%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Customer Diversification

We have a well-diversified customer mix as eight different OEMs individually accounted for 5% or more of our revenues in 2011. European OEMs, including Volvo and Opel, were our biggest customer group in 2011, followed by Asian OEMs, including Hyundai/Kia and Chery, and North American OEMs, such as Ford, General Motors, and Chrysler (which we refer to as the “Detroit 3”). With this customer diversification, we believe we are well-positioned to participate in the anticipated automotive industry recovery, while also mitigating our exposure to any individual customer. The below charts summarize our customer mix as a percent of revenues in 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Customer Mix (% of Revenues)


	Year Ended December 31,
Customer	2011			2010			2009
Ford		17	%		13	%		13	%
VW		17	%		16	%		17	%
Hyundai/Kia		14	%		13	%		10	%
Fiat		9	%		11	%		13	%
Chrysler		7	%		7	%		5	%
Volvo		7	%		8	%		10	%
Nissan		6	%		7	%		6	%
Daimler		5	%		5	%		5	%
BMW		4	%		4	%		5	%
Toyota		3	%		5	%		5	%
PSA		2	%		1	%		1	%
Chery		1	%		2	%		3	%
Honda		1	%		2	%		2	%
Other		7	%		6	%		5	%
Total		100	%		100	%		100	%

Customer Mix by Region (% of Revenues)


	Year Ended December 31,
OEM	2011			2010			2009
European OEMs		47	%		49	%		54	%
Asian OEMs		27	%		30	%		28	%
Detroit 3 OEMs		25	%		21	%		18	%
Other		1	%		—			—
Total		100	%		100	%		100	%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Platform Diversification

Our products are offered on a diverse mix of vehicle platforms, reflecting the balanced portfolio approach of our business model and the breadth of our product capabilities. We believe that our platform diversification provides us an opportunity to participate in an industry recovery without being overly exposed to a single vehicle model or OEM. We supply products to approximately 176 vehicle models globally to 13 of the 15 largest OEMs based on 2011 production volumes.

Vehicle Platform Mix (% of Revenues)


	Year Ended December 31,
Vehicle Platform	2011			2010			2009
Small Cars		37	%		43	%		49	%
Large Cars		26	%		24	%		21	%
Other – Light Trucks		19	%		13	%		12	%
North American Framed Vehicles		18	%		20	%		18	%
Total		100	%		100	%		100	%

The term “small cars” refers to passenger cars that are classified by IHS Automotive®, or IHS, in the smallest three of IHS’s four categories of passenger cars, the term “large cars” refers to the largest category of passenger cars, multi-purpose vehicles and cross-over vehicles that are based on a unibody structure, the term “other – light trucks” refers to SUVs that are based on a unibody structure, minivans, and light trucks in the international regions, and the term “North American framed vehicles” refers to vehicles such as pick-up trucks and SUVs that are built on a full-frame structure.

The reports prepared by IHS referred to in this Annual Report are subscription-based. All references in this report to historical industry production volumes, projections, estimates or other data attributable to IHS are based on data available from the IHS February 2012 forecast.

Competitive Cost Structure

Based on the cost improvement actions taken and the results we have achieved, we believe we have a competitive cost structure. For example, we believe our labor rate for hourly production workers is at a competitive level for our sector. Our pension plan is frozen and does not accrue additional benefits and our post-retirement life insurance plan is capped. In addition, our current leadership team actively focuses on constantly improving our productivity and manufacturing throughput, which we refer to as efficiencies, to further improve our cost structure.

We measure our operating efficiencies in manufacturing and purchasing cost reductions as a percentage of our material and manufacturing costs. We believe the typical percentage for our industry is approximately 2% to 3%. Our ability to control our costs is directly linked to our ability to offset price reductions and other cost increases with reductions in operating costs through the implementation of various manufacturing, purchasing, administrative and other efficiencies. We seek to drive costs out of our operations through several ongoing initiatives, including the use of Lean Six Sigma principles and labor best practices standardization.

Our Products

We produce a broad range of structural components and assemblies, many of which are critical to the structural integrity of a vehicle.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Product Offerings

Body structures and assemblies

Body structures and assemblies form the basic upper body structure of the vehicle and include structural metal components such as body pillars, roof rails and side sills. This category also includes Class A surfaces and assemblies, which are the “exterior skin” of the vehicle — body sides, hoods, doors, fenders and pickup truck boxes. These components form the appearance of the vehicle, calling for flawless surface finishes.

Chassis, lower vehicle structures and suspension components

Lower vehicle frames and structures include chassis structures that make up the “skeleton” of a vehicle and which are critical to overall performance, particularly in the areas of noise, vibration and harshness, handling and crash management. These products include pickup truck and SUV full frames, automotive engine and rear suspension cradles, floor pan components, and cross members that form the basic lower body structure of the vehicle. These heavy gauge metal stampings carry the load of the vehicle, provide crash integrity, and are critical to the strength and safety of vehicles. We manufacture a wide variety of stamped, formed and welded suspension components including control arms, suspension links, track bars, spring and shock towers, shackles, twist axles, radius arms, stabilizer bars, trailing axles and brackets.

Complex body-in-white assemblies

Complex body-in-white assemblies are comprised of multiple components and sub-assemblies welded to form major portions of the vehicle’s body structure. We refer to body-in-whites as the manufacturing stage in which the vehicle body sheet metal has been assembled or designed but before the components and trim have been added. Examples of complex assemblies include front and rear floor pan assemblies and door/pillar assemblies.

Other

We also manufacture a variety of other automotive products and defense and aerospace products.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Product Mix

We have a well-diversified product group mix. Our product group mix as a percent of revenues for 2011, 2010 and 2009 is shown below:

Product Group Mix (% of Revenues)


	Year Ended December 31,
Product Group	2011			2010			2009
Body structures and assemblies		52	%		53	%		56	%
Complex body-in-white assemblies		24	%		20	%		17	%
Chassis, lower vehicle structures and suspension components		22	%		26	%		25	%
Other		2	%		1	%		2	%
Total		100	%		100	%		100	%

Overview of Major Vehicle Models

The following table presents an overview of the major vehicle models for which we supply products:


OEM	Models	Product Type
Europe
Volvo	S40 / V50 / C30 / C70	Complex Assembly
VW	Cayenne / Touareg / Q7	Body Structures & Complex Assembly
	Octavia	Body Structures
	Caddy Van	Body Structures
	up!	Body Structures
	Citigo	Body Structures
	Mii	Body Structures
BMW	1 / 3 Series	Body Structures
Daimler	Sprinter / Crafter	Body Structures & Complex Assembly
Fiat	500	Body Structures
	Bravo	Body Structures
	Ducato	Body Structures
	MiTo	Body Structures
	Punto	Body Structures
	Giuletta	Body Structures
Opel	Astra	Body Structures
North America
Ford	Econoline	Frame Assembly
	Explorer	Complex Assembly
	Expedition / Navigator	Body Structures
	F-Series	Body Structures
	Focus	Body Structures
	Taurus / MKS	Complex Assembly
Chrysler	Grand Caravan / Town & Country	Body Structures
	Wrangler	Frame Assembly
	Grand Cherokee	Body Structures
Nissan	Frontier / Xterra / Pathfinder	Body Structures & Frame Assembly
	Titan / Armada	Frame Assembly
	NV Series	Frame Assembly
Toyota	Camry	Body Structures

TABLE OF CONTENTS


OEM	Models	Product Type
Asia
Hyundai	Bongo Truck	Body Structures & Frame Assembly
	Carens	Body Structures
	Carnival	Frame Assembly
	Forte	Body Structures
	Mohave	Frame Assembly
	Morning	Body Structures
	Sorento	Body Structures & Frame Assembly
	Sportage	Body Structures
	Tucson ix	Body Structures
	K5	Body Structures
	Starex	Body Structures
	Pride	Body Structures
FAW-VW	Bora / Golf A4	Chassis
	Jetta	Chassis
Chery	Cowin 3	Chassis
	Tiggo	Chassis
	Fulwin 2	Chassis
	A3	Chassis
SAIC	Roewe 550	Chassis
Fiat	343c	Body Structures
Geely	SV5	Body Structures
South America
VW	Gol	Body Structures
	Saveiro	Body Structures
	Fox	Body Structures
Fiat	Palio / Doblo	Body Structures
	Punto	Body Structures
	Strada	Body Structures
Honda	Civic	Body Structures
	Fit	Body Structures

International Operations

We have significant manufacturing operations outside the United States, and in 2011, approximately 65% of our revenues originated outside the United States. For information regarding potential risks associated with our international operations, see “Risk Factors — We are subject to risks related to our international operations.” See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and note 16 to our consolidated financial statements for further information regarding our international operations.

Manufacturing and Operations

Our manufacturing operations consist primarily of stamping and welding operations, system and modular assembly operations, coating, and other ancillary operations. Stamping involves passing metal through dies in a stamping press to form the metal into three-dimensional parts. We produce stamped parts using precision single-stage, progressive and transfer presses, ranging in size from 150 to 4,500 tons, which perform multiple functions to convert raw material into finished products. We invest in our press technology to increase flexibility, improve safety and minimize die changeover time.

We feed stampings into assembly operations that produce complex assemblies through the combination of multiple parts that are welded or fastened together. Our assembly operations are performed on either dedicated, high-volume welding/fastening machines or on flexible cell-oriented robotic lines. The assembly machines attach additional parts, fixtures or stampings to the original metal stampings. In addition to standard

TABLE OF CONTENTS

production capabilities, our assembly machines also are able to perform various statistical control functions and identify improper welds and attachments. From time to time we work with manufacturers of fixed/robotic welding systems to develop faster, more flexible machinery.

We require significant quantities of steel in the manufacture of our products. Our products use various grades and thicknesses of steel and aluminum, including high-strength, hot- and cold-rolled, galvanized, organically coated, stainless, and aluminized steel. Although changing steel prices affect our results, we seek to be neutral with respect to steel pricing over time, with the intention of neither making nor losing money as steel prices fluctuate. The pricing of our products includes a component for steel which increases as steel prices increase and decreases as steel prices decrease. For our North American customers and several of our other customers, we purchase steel through our customers’ resale programs, where our customers actually negotiate the cost of steel for us. In other cases, we procure steel directly from the mills, negotiating our own price and seeking to pass through steel price increases and decreases to our customers.

We focus on achieving superior product quality at the lowest operating costs possible and concentrate on improving our manufacturing processes to drive out inefficiencies. We seek to continually improve our processes in efforts to improve our cost competitiveness and to achieve higher quality. We continue to adapt our capacity to customer demand, both by expanding capabilities in growth areas and by reallocating capacity away from demand segments in decline.

We are committed to sustaining Lean Six Sigma principles throughout our manufacturing processes. We utilize Lean Six Sigma principles to increase the efficiency of our operations and to reduce operating costs, thereby improving our cost competitiveness. We have accomplished efficiency improvements while at the same time improving our quality, with customer-reported defects averaging about 30 per million parts delivered in 2011, which we believe is world-class performance.

Supply Base — Manufactured Components and Raw Materials

We purchase various manufactured components and raw materials for use in our manufacturing processes. All of these components and raw materials are available from numerous sources. We employ just-in-time manufacturing and sourcing systems enabling us to meet customer requirements for faster deliveries while minimizing our need to carry significant inventory levels. The primary raw material used to produce the majority of our products is steel. We purchase hot- and cold-rolled, galvanized, organically coated, stainless and aluminized steel from a variety of suppliers. We purchase a portion of our steel from certain of our customers through various OEM resale programs. The purchases through customer resale programs have buffered the impact of price swings associated with the procurement of steel. The remainder of our steel purchasing requirements are met through contracts with steel producers and market purchases. In addition, we procure small- and medium-sized stampings, fasteners, tubing, and rubber products.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

Our sales and marketing efforts are designed to create awareness of our engineering, program management, manufacturing and assembly expertise, and to translate our leadership position into contract wins. We have developed a sales team that consists of an integrated group of professionals, including skilled engineers and program managers, which we believe provides the appropriate mix of operational and technical expertise needed to interface successfully with OEMs. We sell directly to OEMs through our sales and engineering teams at our technical and customer service centers strategically located around the world. Bidding on automotive OEM platforms typically encompasses many months of engineering and business development activity. We integrate our sales force directly into our operating team and work closely with our customers throughout the process of developing and manufacturing a product. Our proximity to our customer base enables us to enjoy close relationships with our customers and positions us well to seek future business awards.

Customers

We have developed long-standing business relationships with our automotive customers around the world. We work together with our customers in various stages of production, including development, component sourcing, quality assurance, manufacturing and delivery. With a diverse mix of products and facilities in major

TABLE OF CONTENTS

markets worldwide, we believe we are well-positioned to meet customer needs. We believe we have a strong, established reputation with customers for providing high-quality products at competitive prices, as well as for timely delivery and customer service. Given that the automotive OEM business involves long-term production contracts awarded on a platform-by-platform basis, we believe we can leverage our strong customer relationships to obtain new platform awards.

Customer Support

We have nine engineering and sales locations throughout the world, including a 24-hour engineering support center in India. We believe that we provide effective customer solutions, products and service to our customers globally. Our customer service group is organized into customer-dedicated teams within regions to provide more focused service to our clients.

Seasonality

Our business is seasonal. Our customers in Europe typically shut down vehicle production during portions of July or August and during one week in our fourth quarter. Our North American customers typically shut down vehicle production for approximately two weeks during July and for one week during December. Our quarterly results of operations, cash flows and liquidity may be impacted by these seasonal practices. For example, our working capital is directly impacted which typically results in a use of cash during the first half of the year and cash generation in the second half of the year. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further discussion on working capital.

Competition

We principally compete for new business both at the beginning of the development of new models and upon the redesign of existing models. New-model development generally begins two to five years before the marketing of such models to the public. Once a supplier has been designated to supply parts for a new program, an OEM usually will continue to purchase those parts from the designated producer for the life of the program, although not necessarily for a redesign. OEMs typically rigorously evaluate suppliers based on many criteria such as quality, price/cost competitiveness, system and product performance, reliability and timeliness of delivery, new product and technology development capability, excellence and flexibility in operations, degree of global and local presence, effectiveness of customer service and overall management capability.

We believe that we compete effectively with other leading suppliers in our market. The strength and breadth of our program management and engineering capabilities, as well as our geographic, customer and platform diversification, provide the necessary scale to attempt to optimize our cost structure. We follow manufacturing practices designed to improve efficiency and quality, including manpower standardization and global inventory reduction initiatives, all of which enable us to manage inventory so that we can deliver quality components and systems to our customers in the quantities and at the times ordered.

Our major competitors include: Magna International, Inc. (Cosma division), Gestamp Automocion, Martinrea International, Gruppo Magnetto, Benteler Automotive, Sungwoo, and Hwashin. We compete with other competitors with respect to certain of our products and in particular geographic markets. The number of our competitors has decreased in recent years and we believe will continue to decline due to continued supplier consolidation and the recent economic downturn. We expect that OEMs will continue to be increasingly focused on the financial strength and viability of their supply base. We believe that such scrutiny of suppliers will result in additional contraction in the supply base and may force combinations of some suppliers.

In addition, a number of our major OEM customers manufacture products that compete with our products. Our OEM customers tend to outsource less when they have idle capacity. Although these OEM customers have indicated that they will continue to rely on outside suppliers, they could elect to increase the extent to which they manufacture products to meet their own requirements or to compete with us.

Joint Ventures

Joint ventures represent an important strategic part of our business. We have used our joint ventures to enter into new geographic markets, such as China, to gain new customers and/or strengthen our position with existing customers, and to develop new technologies.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

When we enter new geographic markets where we have not previously established substantial local experience and infrastructure, teaming with a local partner can reduce capital investment by leveraging pre-existing infrastructure. In addition, local partners in these markets can provide knowledge and insight into local customs and practices and access to local suppliers of raw materials and components. All of these advantages can reduce the risk, thereby enhancing the prospect for success of entry into a new geographic market.

Joint ventures can also be an effective means to acquire new customers and strengthen relationships with existing customers. Through joint venture arrangements, partners can access technology that they would otherwise be required to develop independently, thereby reducing the time and cost of development. Moreover, they can provide the opportunity to create synergies and applications of the technology that would not otherwise be possible.

As of December 31, 2011, we had three consolidated joint ventures in China: TWA WuHu, which we refer to as WuHu, Changchun Tower Golden Ring Automotive Products Co., Ltd., which we refer to as TGR, and Xiangtan Ditong Automotive Industrial Machinery Co., Ltd. (DIT), which we refer to as Xiangtan. In February 2012, one of our foreign subsidiaries reached an agreement with Ningbo Beilun Ditong Auto Parts Co., Ltd. (a subsidiary of Ditong Automotive Products Co., Ltd) and Zhejiang Jirun Automobile Co.Ltd. (a subsidiary of Geely Automobile Co,.Ltd), subject to the approval of the Chinese government, to form a majority-owned joint venture located in Ningbo, China.

Our WuHu joint venture consists of an 80% equity interest in WuHu, a joint venture limited liability company located in WuHu City, Anhui Province, China. This joint venture primarily serves to supply Chery with front and rear lower vehicle structure modules and their respective replacement platforms.

Our TGR joint venture consists of a 60% equity interest in TGR, a joint venture limited liability company located in the City of Changchun, Jilin Province, China. Our TGR joint venture primarily supplies FAW-VW Automotive Company Limited and FAW Automotive Company Limited with structure based components, including sub-frames, cross members with motor carriers, rear axles, frame front-ends, and control arms and the structural components for other vehicles.

Our Xiangtan joint venture consists of a 50% equity interest in Xiangtan, a joint venture limited liability company located in Xiangtan, Hunan Province, China. Presently, this joint venture primarily supplies Geely with underbody stampings, but is constructing a new facility to service the Fiat/Guangzhou Automotive joint venture in Changsha, China with chassis, body, and roll formed assemblies.

Employees

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately 8,600 employees worldwide, of whom approximately 5,500 were covered under collective bargaining agreements that expire at various times.

We are not aware of any work stoppages since the inception of the Predecessor Company in 1993. A strike or slow-down by one of our unions could have a material adverse effect on our business. We believe that our relations with our employees are satisfactory.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to various domestic and foreign federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment and health and safety, including those regulating soil, surface water and groundwater contamination; the generation, storage, handling, use, disposal and transportation of hazardous materials; the emission and discharge of materials, including greenhouse gases, or GHGs, into the environment; and the health and safety of our employees. We are also required to obtain environmental permits from governmental authorities for certain operations. We have taken steps to comply with these numerous and sometimes complex laws, regulations and permits. We have also achieved ISO-14001 registration for substantially all of our facilities. While compliance with environmental requirements has not had a material impact on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position, we have made and will continue to make capital and other expenditures pursuant to such requirements and, if we violate or fail to comply with these requirements, could be subject to fines, penalties or litigation.

Environmental laws, regulations and permits, and the enforcement thereof, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. In particular, more rigorous GHG emission requirements are in various

TABLE OF CONTENTS

stages of development. For example, the United States Congress has considered legislation that would establish a nationwide limit on GHGs, and the Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, has issued regulations limiting GHG emissions from mobile and stationary sources pursuant to the federal Clean Air Act. Any regulation of GHG emissions, including through a cap-and-trade system, technology mandate, emissions tax, reporting requirement or other program, could subject us to significant costs, including those relating to emission credits, pollution control equipment, monitoring and reporting, as well as increased energy and raw material prices. In addition, our OEM customers may seek price reductions from us to account for their increased costs resulting from GHG regulations. Further, growing pressure to reduce GHG emissions from mobile sources could reduce automobile sales, thereby reducing demand for our products and ultimately our revenues. Although there is still significant uncertainty surrounding the scope, timing and effect of future GHG regulation, any such regulation could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation, product demand and liquidity.

We also could be responsible for costs relating to any contamination at our, or a predecessor entity’s, current or former owned or operated properties or third party waste disposal sites, even if we were not at fault. Some of these locations have been impacted by environmental releases, and soil or groundwater contamination is being addressed at certain of these sites. In addition to potentially significant investigation and remediation costs, contamination can give rise to third party claims for fines or penalties, natural resource damages, personal injury or property damage. Our costs and liabilities associated with environmental contamination could be substantial and may be material to our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Segment Overview

See note 16 to our consolidated financial statements for information on our operating and reportable segments.

Public Information

We maintain a website athttp://www.towerinternational.com. We will make available on our website, free of charge, the proxy statements and reports on Forms 8-K, 10-K and 10-Q that we file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Additionally, we have adopted and posted on our website a Code of Business Conduct that applies to, among other people, our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. We intend to disclose any waivers of the Code of Business Conduct on our website. We will provide, free of charge, a copy of our Code of Business Conduct to any person who requests such a copy. All such requests should be directed to our Executive Director, Investor & External Relations, c/o Tower International, Inc., 17672 Laurel Park Drive North, Suite 400 E, Livonia, Michigan 48152.

Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report contains statements which constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements can be identified by the words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “plan,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “project,” and other similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this report and are based upon management’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. Such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. The following important factors, and those important factors described elsewhere in this Annual Report, including the matters set forth under the captions entitled “Risk Factors” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” could cause our actual results to differ materially from estimates or expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements:

•

automobile production volumes;

•

the financial condition of our customers and suppliers;

•

our ability to make scheduled payments of principal or interest on our indebtedness and comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in the instruments governing our indebtedness;

•

our ability to refinance our indebtedness;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

our ability to generate non-automotive revenues;

•

our ability to operate non-automotive businesses;

•

risks associated with non-U.S. operations, including foreign exchange risks and economic uncertainty in some regions;

•

any increase in the expense and funding requirements of our pension and postretirement benefits;

•

our customers’ ability to obtain equity and debt financing for their businesses;

•

our dependence on our largest customers;

•

pricing pressure from our customers;

•

work stoppages or other labor issues at our facilities or at the facilities of our customers or suppliers;

•

our ability to integrate acquired businesses; and

•

costs or liabilities relating to environmental and safety regulations.

Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

This Annual Report also contains estimates and other statistical data made by independent parties and by us relating to market size and growth and other data about our industry. This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified the statistical and other industry data generated by independent parties that is contained in this Annual Report and, accordingly, we cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industries in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Our business is subject to a number of risks. In addition to the various risks described elsewhere in this Annual Report, the following risk factors should be considered. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known or that we currently believe to be less significant may also adversely affect us.

Risk Factors Relating to Our Industry and Our Business

The weakness in the global economy, the global credit markets and the financial services industry over the past several years has severely and negatively affected demand for automobiles and automobile parts and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Demand for and pricing of our products are subject to economic conditions and other factors present in the various domestic and international markets where our products are sold. The level of demand for our products depends primarily upon the level of consumer demand for new vehicles that are manufactured with our products. The level of new vehicle purchases is cyclical, affected by such factors as general economic conditions, interest rates, consumer confidence, consumer preferences, patterns of consumer spending, fuel costs and the automobile replacement cycle.

The global economic crisis that prevailed throughout 2008 and 2009 resulted in delayed and reduced purchases of durable consumer goods, such as automobiles. Although the global economic climate improved during 2010 and 2011, the global economy has not recovered to levels previously experienced and remains fragile. If the global economy were to take another significant downturn, depending upon its length, duration and severity, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow would again be materially adversely affected.

In addition, there has been significant economic instability in several countries in the European Union where we conduct business. Europe accounted for approximately 35% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011. The economic instability caused by the sovereign debt crisis in countries in which we operate in Europe could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows as well as negatively impact our access to, and cost of, capital.

We have invested substantial resources in markets where we expect growth and we may be unable to timely alter our strategies should such expectations not be realized.

Our future growth is dependent on our making the right investments at the right time to support product development and manufacturing capacity in areas where we can support our customer base. We have identified China and Brazil as key markets likely to experience substantial growth, and accordingly have made and expect to continue to make substantial investments, both directly and through participation in various partnerships and joint ventures to support anticipated growth in those regions. If we are unable to deepen existing and develop additional customer relationships in these regions, we may not only fail to realize expected rates of return on our existing investments, but we may incur losses on such investments and be unable to timely redeploy the invested capital to take advantage of other markets, potentially resulting in lost market share to our competitors. Our results will also suffer if these regions do not grow as quickly as we anticipate.

Our business in China is subject to aggressive competition and is sensitive to economic and market conditions.

Maintaining a strong position in the Chinese market is a key component of our global growth strategy. The automotive supply market in China is highly competitive, with competition from many of the largest global manufacturers and numerous smaller domestic manufacturers. As the size of the Chinese market continues to increase, we anticipate that additional competitors, both international and domestic, will seek to enter the Chinese market and that existing market participants will act aggressively to increase their market share. Increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced margins and our inability to gain or hold market share. In addition, our business in China is sensitive to economic and market conditions that drive sales volume in China. If we are unable to maintain our position in the Chinese market or if vehicle sales in China decrease or do not continue to increase, our business and financial results could be materially adversely affected.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are subject to risks related to our international operations.

Our international operations include manufacturing facilities in Europe, China, South Korea, and Brazil, and we sell our products in each of these areas. For the year ended December 31, 2011, approximately 65% of our revenues were derived from operations outside the United States. International operations are subject to various risks that could have a material adverse effect on those operations and our business as a whole, including:

•

exposure to local economic conditions;

•

exposure to local political conditions, including the risk of seizure of assets by a foreign government;

•

exposure to local social unrest, including any resultant acts of war, terrorism or similar events;

•

exposure to local public health issues and the resultant impact on economic and political conditions;

•

exposure to local tax requirements and obligations;

•

foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

•

hyperinflation in certain foreign countries;

•

the risk of government-sponsored competition;

•

controls on the repatriation of cash, including the imposition or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by foreign subsidiaries; and

•

export and import restrictions.

Foreign exchange rate fluctuations could cause a decline in our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We generate a significant portion of our revenues and incur a significant portion of our expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We are subject to risk if the foreign currency in which our costs are paid appreciates against the currency in which we generate revenues because the appreciation effectively increases our cost in that country. The financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of some of our operating entities are reported in foreign currencies and then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable foreign exchange rate for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements. As a result, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies generally will have a negative impact on our reported sales and profits while depreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies will generally have a positive effect on reported revenues and profits.

A significant amount of our revenues are denominated in Euros. Economic instability in the European Union and the related decline in the value of the Euro could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, we have increased exposure to fluctuations in the Euro due to the exchange of U.S. dollar for Euro denominated debt as a result of our retirement of our outstanding first lien term loan (see note 6 to our consolidated financial statements) and the issuance of our senior secured notes in August 2010. As of December 31, 2011, we estimated that a hypothetical change of 100 basis points in the Euro to the U.S. dollar exchange rate would have impacted our stockholders’ equity by approximately $2.9 million.

We may use a combination of natural hedging techniques and financial derivatives to protect against certain foreign currency exchange rate risks. Such hedging activities may be ineffective or may not offset more than a portion of the adverse financial impact resulting from foreign currency variations. Gains or losses associated with hedging activities also may negatively impact operating results.

Deterioration in the United States and world economies could exacerbate the difficulties experienced by our customers and suppliers in obtaining financing, which, in turn, could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Lending institutions have suffered and may continue to suffer losses due to their lending and other financial relationships, especially because of the general weakening of the global economy and the increased financial

TABLE OF CONTENTS

instability of many borrowers. Longer-term disruptions in the credit markets could further adversely affect our customers by making it increasingly difficult for them to obtain financing for their businesses and for their customers to obtain financing for automobile purchases. Our OEM customers typically require significant financing for their respective businesses. In addition, our OEM customers typically have related finance companies that provide financing to their dealers and customers. These finance companies have historically been active participants in the securitization markets, which have experienced severe disruptions during the global economic crisis. Our suppliers, as well as the other suppliers to our customers, may face similar difficulties in obtaining financing for their businesses. If capital is not available to our customers and suppliers, or if its cost is prohibitively high, their businesses would be negatively impacted, which could result in their restructuring or even reorganization/liquidation under applicable bankruptcy laws. Any such negative impact, in turn, could materially and negatively affect our company either through the loss of revenues to any of our customers so affected, or due to our inability to meet our commitments without excess expense resulting from disruptions in supply caused by the suppliers so affected.

Financial difficulties experienced by any major customer could have a material adverse impact on us if such customer were unable to pay for the products we provide or we experienced a loss of, or material reduction in, business from such customer. As a result of such difficulties, we could experience lost revenues, significant write-offs of accounts receivable, significant impairment charges or additional restructurings beyond the steps we have taken to date.

We sponsor a defined benefit pension plan that is underfunded and will require substantial cash payments. Additionally, if the performance of the assets in our pension plan does not meet our expectations, or if other actuarial assumptions are modified, our required contributions may be higher than we expect.

We sponsor a defined benefit pension plan that is underfunded. Although the Predecessor Company ceased benefit accruals under the plan, we anticipate that the plan may require substantial cash payments in order to meet our funding obligations. These cash contributions may be significant in future periods and could adversely impact our cash flow.

Additionally, our earnings may be impacted by the amount of income or expense recorded for our pension plan. Generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the United States require that income or expense for pension plans be calculated at the annual measurement date using actuarial assumptions and calculations. These calculations reflect certain assumptions, the most significant of which relate to the capital markets, interest rates and other economic conditions. Changes in key economic indicators can change these assumptions. These assumptions, along with the actual value of assets at the measurement date, will impact the calculation of pension expense for the year. Although GAAP expense and pension contributions are not directly related, the key economic indicators that affect GAAP expense also affect the amount of cash that we would contribute to our pension plan. As a result of current economic instability, the investment portfolio of the pension plan has experienced volatility. Because the values of these pension plan assets have fluctuated and will fluctuate in response to changing market conditions, the amount of gains or losses that will be recognized in subsequent periods, the impact on the funded status of the pension plan and the future minimum required contributions, if any, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, but such impact cannot be determined at this time.

The automobile industry is highly cyclical and cyclical downturns in our domestic or international business segments negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The volume of automotive production in North America, Europe and the rest of the world has fluctuated, sometimes significantly from year-to-year, and such fluctuations give rise to changes in demand for our products. Because we have significant fixed production costs, relatively modest declines in our customers’ production levels can have a significant adverse impact on our results of operations.

The highly cyclical nature of the automotive industry presents a risk that is outside our control and that cannot be accurately predicted. Moreover, a number of factors that we cannot predict can and have impacted cyclicality in the past. Decreases in demand for automobiles generally, or in the demand for our products in particular, could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Product liability claims could cause us to incur losses and damage our reputation.

Many of our products are critical to the structural integrity of a vehicle. As such, we face an inherent business risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event of the failure of our products to perform to specifications, or if our products are alleged to result in property damage, bodily injury or death. In addition, if any of our products are, or are alleged to be, defective, we may be required to participate in a recall involving those products. We are generally required under our customer contracts to indemnify our customers for product liability claims in respect of our products. In addition, we do not have insurance covering product recalls. Accordingly, we may be materially and adversely impacted by product liability claims.

The decreasing number of automotive parts customers could make it more difficult for us to compete favorably.

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected because the OEM customer base is consolidating. As a result, we are competing for business from fewer customers. Due to the cost focus of these major customers, we have been, and expect to continue to be, requested to reduce prices as part of our initial business quotations and over the life of contracts we have been awarded. We cannot be certain that we will be able to generate cost savings and operational improvements in the future that are sufficient to offset price reductions requested by customers and to make us profitable and position us to win additional business.

The decreasing number of automotive parts suppliers could make it more difficult for us to compete favorably.

Consolidation and bankruptcies among automotive parts suppliers are resulting in fewer and larger competitors who benefit from purchasing and distribution economies of scale. If we cannot compete favorably in the future with these larger suppliers, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected due to a reduction of, or inability to increase, revenues.

We may have difficulty competing favorably in the highly competitive automotive parts industry.

The automotive parts industry is highly competitive. Although the overall number of competitors has decreased due to ongoing industry consolidation, we face significant competition within each of our major product areas, including from new competitors entering the markets that we serve, and OEMs may seek to integrate vertically. The principal competitive factors include price, quality, global presence, service, product performance, design and engineering capabilities, new product innovation and timely delivery. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to compete favorably in these competitive markets or that increased competition will not have a material adverse effect on our business by reducing our ability to increase or maintain sales and profit margins. A number of our major OEM customers manufacture products which compete with our products. Our OEM customers tend to outsource less when they have idle capacity.

We principally compete for new business at the beginning of the development of new models and upon the redesign of existing models by major OEM customers. New model development generally begins three to five years prior to the marketing of such models to the public. Redesign of existing models begins during the life cycle of a platform, usually at least two to three years before the end of the platform’s life cycle. The failure to obtain new business on new models or to retain or increase business on redesigned existing models, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In addition, as a result of the relatively long lead times required for many of our structural components, it may be difficult in the short-term for us to obtain new revenues to replace any unexpected decline in the sale of existing products.

The inability for us, our customers and/or our suppliers to obtain and maintain sufficient capital financing, including working capital lines, and credit insurance may adversely affect our, our customers’ and our suppliers’ liquidity and financial condition.

Our working capital requirements can vary significantly, depending in part on the level, variability and timing of our customers’ worldwide vehicle production and the payment terms with our customers and suppliers. Our liquidity could also be adversely impacted if our suppliers were to suspend normal trade credit terms and require payment in advance or payment on delivery. If our available cash flows from operations are not

TABLE OF CONTENTS

sufficient to fund our ongoing cash needs, we would be required to look to our cash balances and availability for borrowings under our credit facilities to satisfy those needs, as well as potential sources of additional capital, which may not be available on satisfactory terms and in adequate amounts, if at all.

There can be no assurance that we, our customers and our suppliers will continue to have such ability. This may increase the risk that we cannot produce our products or will have to pay higher prices for our inputs. These higher prices may not be recovered in our selling prices.

Our suppliers often seek to obtain credit insurance based on the strength of the financial condition of our subsidiary with the payment obligation, which may be less robust than our consolidated financial condition. If we were to experience liquidity issues, our suppliers may not be able to obtain credit insurance and in turn would likely not be able to offer us payment terms that we have historically received. Our failure to receive such terms from our suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.

We operate with negative working capital which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We typically operate with a negative working capital balance; therefore, a significant reduction in sales and the related reduction in accounts receivable could significantly impact our financial condition and ability to obtain additional borrowings. The borrowings available under our revolving credit facility are subject to the calculation of a borrowing base, which is based upon the value of certain of our assets, including accounts receivable, inventory and property, plant and equipment.

We may incur material costs related to legal proceedings, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings, claims or investigations that are incidental to the conduct of our business. Some of these proceedings allege damages against us relating to environmental liabilities, personal injury claims, taxes, employment matters or commercial or contractual disputes.

We cannot assure you that the costs, charges and liabilities associated with these matters will not be material, or that those costs, charges and liabilities will not exceed any amounts reserved for them in our consolidated financial statements. In future periods, we could be subject to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters are resolved unfavorably to us.

We are dependent on large customers for current and future revenues. The loss of any of these customers or the loss of market share by these customers could have a material adverse impact on us.

We depend on major vehicle manufacturers for our revenues. For example, during 2011, Ford, Volkswagen, and Hyundai/Kia accounted for 17%, 17%, and 14% of our revenues, respectively. The loss of all or a substantial portion of our sales to any of our large-volume customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows by reducing cash flows and by limiting our ability to spread our fixed costs over a larger revenue base. We may make fewer sales to these customers for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to:

•

loss of awarded business;

•

reduced or delayed customer requirements;

•

OEMs’ insourcing business they have traditionally outsourced to us;

•

strikes or other work stoppages affecting production by our customers; or

•

reduced demand for our customers’ products.

See “— Deterioration in the United States and world economies could exacerbate the difficulties experienced by our customers and suppliers in obtaining financing, which, in turn, could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may be unable to realize revenues represented by our awarded business, which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The realization of future revenues from awarded business is inherently subject to a number of important risks and uncertainties, including the number of vehicles that our customers will actually produce, the timing of that production and the mix of options that our customers may choose.

In addition to not having a commitment from our customers regarding the minimum number of products they must purchase from us if we obtain awarded business, typically the terms and conditions of the agreements with our customers provide that they have the contractual right to unilaterally terminate our contracts with them with no notice or limited notice. If such contracts are terminated by our customers, our ability to obtain compensation from our customers for such termination is generally limited to the direct out-of-pocket costs that we incurred for raw materials and work-in-progress and in certain instances undepreciated capital expenditures.

We base a substantial part of our planning on the anticipated lifetime revenues of particular products. We calculate the lifetime revenues of a product by multiplying our expected price for a product by forecasted production volume during the length of time we expect the related vehicle to be in production. We use a third-party forecasting service, IHS, to provide long-term forecasts which allows us to determine how long a vehicle is expected to be in production. Lifetime revenues associated with a particular platform are not guaranteed and are not equivalent to backlog. If we over-estimate the production units or if a customer reduces its level of anticipated purchases of a particular platform as a result of reduced demand, our actual revenues for that platform may be substantially less than the lifetime revenues we had anticipated for that platform.

Typically, it takes two to five years from the time a manufacturer awards a program until the program is launched and production begins. In many cases, we must commit substantial resources in preparation for production under awarded customer business well in advance of the customer’s production start date. We cannot assure you that our results of operations will not be materially adversely impacted in the future if we are unable to recover these types of pre-production costs related to our customers’ cancellation of awarded business.

Our joint venture partners may have interests that are not consistent with those of the joint venture, thereby resulting in our joint venture failing to achieve the results we desire.

We have three joint ventures in China. At two of the joint ventures, our joint venture partner is also affiliated with the largest customer of the joint venture. As such, these partners may negotiate on behalf of customers of the joint venture for sales terms that are not in the best interest of the joint venture. More specifically, when acting on behalf of a customer, our joint venture partners effectively receive 100% of the benefits of revenues terms, but when acting as a joint venture partner we must share with them any benefits received by the joint venture. This may create a misalignment of incentives between us and our joint venture partners that could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Our ability to recognize revenues from non-automotive business is subject to several risks, any one of which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows

As we seek to expand into markets beyond vehicle structural components and assemblies, we expect to diversify our product revenues by leveraging our development, engineering and manufacturing capabilities in order to source necessary parts and components for other industries. Such diversification requires investments and resources that may not be available as needed. Even if we sign contracts in new non-automotive markets, we cannot guarantee that we will be successful in leveraging our capabilities into these new markets and thus in meeting the needs of these new customers and competing favorably in these new markets. If these customers experience reduced demand for their products or financial difficulties, our future prospects will be negatively affected as well.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Disruptions in the automotive supply chain could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The automotive supply chain is subject to disruptions because we, along with our customers and suppliers, attempt to maintain low inventory levels. In addition, our plants are typically located in proximity to our customers.

Disruptions could be caused by a multitude of potential problems, such as closures of one of our or our suppliers’ plants or critical manufacturing lines due to strikes, mechanical breakdowns, electrical outages, fires, explosions or political upheaval, as well as logistical complications due to weather, earthquakes, or other natural or nuclear disasters, mechanical failures, delayed customs processing and more.

Additionally, if we are the cause for a customer being forced to halt production, the customer may seek to recoup all of its losses and expenses from us. Any disruptions affecting us or caused by us could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The volatility of steel prices may adversely affect our results of operations.

We utilize steel and various purchased steel products in virtually all of our products. We refer to the “net steel impact” as the combination of the change in steel prices that are reflected in customer pricing, the change in the cost to procure steel from the mills, and the change in our recovery of scrap steel, which we refer to as offal. While we strive to achieve a neutral net steel impact over time, we are not always successful in achieving that goal. Changes in steel prices may affect our liquidity because of the time difference between our payment for our steel and our collection of cash from our customers. We tend to pay for replacement materials, which are more expensive when steel prices are rising, over a much shorter period. As a result, rising steel prices may cause us to draw greater than anticipated amounts from our credit lines to cover the cash flow cycle from our steel purchases to cash collection for related accounts receivable. This cash requirement for working capital is higher in periods when we are increasing our inventory quantities.

A by-product of our production process is the generation of offal. We typically sell offal in secondary markets, which are similar to the steel markets. We generally share our recoveries from sales of offal with our customers either through scrap sharing agreements, in cases where we are on resale programs, or in the product pricing that is negotiated regarding increases and decreases in the steel price in cases where we purchase steel directly from the mills. In either situation, we may be impacted by the fluctuation in scrap steel prices, either positive or negative, in relation to our various customer agreements. Since scrap steel prices generally increase and decrease as steel prices increase and decrease, our sale of offal may mitigate the severity of steel price increases and limit the benefits we achieve through steel price declines. Any dislocation in offal and steel prices could negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The seasonality we experience in our business may negatively impact our quarterly results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.

We may incur material costs related to plant closings, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we must close additional manufacturing locations because of loss of business or consolidation of manufacturing facilities, the employee severance, asset retirement and other costs, including reimbursement costs relating to public subsidies, to close these facilities may be significant. In certain locations that are subject to leases, we may continue to incur material costs consistent with the initial lease terms. We continually attempt to align production capacity with demand; therefore, we cannot assure you that additional plants will not have to be closed. Historically, we have incurred significant costs related to the closure of our facilities and can provide no assurance that such costs will not be material in the future.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The hourly workforce in the automotive industry is highly unionized and our business could be adversely affected by labor disruptions.

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately 8,600 employees, of whom approximately 5,500 were covered under collective bargaining agreements that expire at various times. In addition, we have specific exposure to labor strikes in our International operations related primarily to the economic instability in several countries in the European Union. If major work disruptions involving our employees were to occur, our business could be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including a loss of revenues, increased costs and reduced profitability. We cannot assure you that we will not experience a material labor disruption at one or more of our facilities in the future in the course of renegotiation of our labor arrangements or otherwise.

We are subject to environmental requirements and risks as a result of which we may incur significant costs, liabilities and obligations.

We are subject to a variety of environmental and pollution control laws, regulations and permits that govern, among other things, soil, surface water and groundwater contamination; the generation, storage, handling, use, disposal and transportation of hazardous materials; the emission and discharge of materials, including greenhouse gases, or GHGs, into the environment; and health and safety. If we fail to comply with these laws, regulations or permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators or become subject to litigation. Environmental and pollution control laws, regulations and permits, and the enforcement thereof, change frequently, have tended to become more stringent over time and may necessitate substantial capital expenditures or operating costs.

Under certain environmental requirements, we could be responsible for costs relating to any contamination at our, or a predecessor entity’s, current or former owned or operated properties or third-party waste-disposal sites, even if we were not at fault. Soil and groundwater contamination is being addressed at certain of these locations. In addition to potentially significant investigation and cleanup costs, contamination can give rise to third-party claims for fines or penalties, natural resource damages, personal injury or property damage.

We cannot assure you that our costs, liabilities and obligations relating to environmental matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Any acquisitions or divestitures we make could disrupt our business and materially harm our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may, from time to time, consider certain acquisitions or divestitures. Acquisitions and divestitures involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the assimilation of the acquired businesses, the diversion of our management’s attention from other business concerns, the assumption of unknown liabilities, undisclosed risks impacting the target and potential adverse effects on existing business relationships with current customers and suppliers. In addition, any acquisitions or divestitures could impact our financial position or create dilution for our stockholders. We cannot assure you that any acquisitions or divestitures will perform as planned or prove to be beneficial to our operations and cash flow or that we will be able to successfully integrate any acquisitions that we undertake. Any such failure could seriously harm our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The value of our deferred tax assets could become impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $16 million in net deferred income tax assets. These deferred tax assets include net operating loss carryforwards that can be used to offset taxable income in future periods and reduce income taxes payable in those future periods. We periodically determine the probability of the realization of deferred tax assets, using significant judgments and estimates with respect to, among other things, historical operating results, expectations of future earnings and tax planning strategies. If we determine in the future that there is not sufficient positive evidence to support the valuation of these assets, due to the factors described above or other factors, we may be required to further adjust the valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets. Such a reduction could result in material non-cash expenses in the period in which the valuation allowance is adjusted and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards may be limited and delayed. As of December 31, 2011, we had U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $190 million. Certain provisions of the United States tax code could limit our annual utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards. There can be no assurance that we will be able to utilize all of our net operating loss carryforwards and any subsequent net operating loss carryforwards in the future. There is a full valuation allowance recorded against the deferred tax asset benefit of this carryforward.

In addition, adverse changes in the underlying profitability and financial outlook of our operations in several foreign jurisdictions could lead to changes in our valuation allowances against deferred tax assets and other tax accruals that could adversely affect our financial results.

Further, as a result of our IPO, we may have an “ownership change” for purposes of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code if, under certain circumstances, our existing stockholders were to sell within a specified period a sufficient amount of our common stock that they then possess to cause an ownership change. If we do experience an ownership change, we may be further limited, pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, in using our then-current net operating losses to offset taxable income for taxable periods (or portions thereof) beginning after such ownership change. Consequently, in the future we may be required to pay increased cash income taxes because of the Section 382 limitations on our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards.

We have a material amount of goodwill, which, if it becomes impaired, would result in a reduction in our net income and equity.

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. GAAP requires that goodwill be periodically evaluated for impairment based on the fair value of the reporting unit. A significant percentage of our total assets represent goodwill primarily associated with the purchase of our assets from the Predecessor Company in 2007. Declines in our profitability or the value of comparable companies may impact the fair value of our reporting units, which could result in a write-down of goodwill and a reduction in net income.

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $64 million of goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet that could be subject to impairment. In addition, if we acquire new businesses in the future, we may recognize additional goodwill, which could be significant. We could also be required to recognize additional impairments in the future and such an impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations in the period of recognition.

We may face risks relating to climate change that could have an adverse impact on our business.

Greenhouse gas emissions have increasingly become the subject of substantial international, national, regional, state and local attention. GHG emission regulations have been promulgated in certain of the jurisdictions in which we operate, and additional GHG requirements are in various stages of development. For example, the United States Congress has considered legislation that would establish a nationwide limit on GHGs. In addition, the EPA has issued regulations limiting GHG emissions from mobile and stationary sources pursuant to the federal Clean Air Act. When effective, such measures could require us to modify existing or obtain new permits, implement additional pollution control technology, curtail operations or increase our operating costs. In addition, our OEM customers may seek price reductions from us to account for their increased costs resulting from GHG regulations. Further, growing pressure to reduce GHG emissions from mobile sources could reduce automobile sales, thereby reducing demand for our products and ultimately our revenues. Thus, any additional regulation of GHG emissions, including through a cap-and-trade system, technology mandate, emissions tax, reporting requirement or other program, could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, reputation, product demand and liquidity.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risk Factors Relating to Our Indebtedness

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial health and our ability to fund our operations, to obtain financing in the future and to react to changes in our business, and which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

As of December 31, 2011, our total debt, including capital lease obligations, was $583.5 million. That indebtedness could limit our ability to satisfy our obligations, limit our ability to operate our businesses and impair our competitive position. For example, it could:

•

adversely affect our stock price;

•

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations under our financing documents;

•

increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and general industry conditions, including interest rate fluctuations, because a portion of our borrowings are, and will continue to be, at variable rates of interest;

•

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, which would reduce the availability of our cash flow from operations to fund working capital, capital expenditures or other general corporate purposes;

•

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry;

•

place us at a disadvantage compared to competitors that may have proportionately less debt;

•

limit our ability to obtain additional debt or equity financing due to applicable financial and restrictive covenants in our debt agreements; and

•

increase our cost of borrowing.

The borrowings available under our revolving credit facility are subject to the calculation of a borrowing base, which is based upon the value of certain of our assets, including accounts receivable, inventory and property, plant and equipment. The administrative agent for this facility causes a third party to perform an appraisal of the assets included in the calculation of the borrowing base either on an annual basis or, if our availability under the facility is less than $22.5 million during any twelve month period, as frequently as on a semi-annual basis. In addition, if certain material defaults under the facility have occurred and are continuing, the administrative agent has the right to perform any such appraisal as often as it deems necessary in its sole discretion.

We may not be able to refinance any of our debt or we may not be able to refinance our debt on commercially reasonable terms.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance, extend the maturity or otherwise amend the terms of our existing indebtedness, or whether any refinancing, extension or amendment will be on commercially reasonable terms. The indebtedness issued in any refinancing of our existing indebtedness could have a significantly higher rate of interest and greater costs than our existing indebtedness. There can be no assurance that the financial terms or covenants of any new credit facility and/or other indebtedness issued to refinance our existing indebtedness will be the same or as favorable as those under our existing indebtedness.

Our ability to complete a refinancing of our existing indebtedness prior to their respective maturities is subject to a number of conditions beyond our control. For example, if a disruption in the financial markets were to occur at the time that we intended to refinance this indebtedness, we might be restricted in our ability to access the financial markets. If we were unable to make payments or refinance our debt or obtain new financing under these circumstances, we would have to consider other options, such as:

•

sales of assets;

•

sales of equity; or

•

negotiations with lenders and their respective agents to restructure the applicable debt.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our debt instruments may restrict, or market or business conditions may limit, our ability to employ some of our options.

In addition, under our credit agreements, a change in control may lead the lenders to exercise remedies such as acceleration of the loan, termination of their obligations to fund additional advances and collection against the collateral securing such loan; and, in the case of our senior secured notes, a change in control may lead to one or more noteholders exercising their change of control put right.

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations, certain of which have short-term maturities, depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay or refinance our indebtedness, including our senior secured notes (the “notes”) and our revolving credit facility.

Our debt instruments restrict our current and future operations.

The financing documents governing our indebtedness impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

•

incur or guarantee additional debt, incur liens, or issue certain equity;

•

declare or make distributions to our stockholders, repurchase equity or prepay certain debt;

•

make loans and certain investments;

•

make certain acquisitions of equity or assets;

•

enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

•

enter into mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations;

•

consolidate, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of certain assets;

•

use the proceeds from sales of assets and stock;

•

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

•

enter into restrictive agreements;

•

make capital expenditures;

•

change our fiscal year;

•

amend or modify organizational documents; and

•

engage in businesses other than the businesses we currently conduct.

In addition to the restrictions and covenants listed above, certain of our financing documents require us, under certain circumstances, to comply with specified financial maintenance covenants. Any of these restrictions or covenants could limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions or meet certain capital needs and could otherwise restrict our corporate activities.

Substantially all of our subsidiaries’ assets are pledged as collateral under secured financing arrangements.

As of December 31, 2011, we had $548.4 million (net of $8.7 original issue discount in respect of the issuance of the notes) of secured debt. Substantially all of our subsidiaries’ assets are pledged as collateral for our borrowings under our secured financing arrangements. Most of our domestic subsidiaries are either primary obligors or guarantors under a secured financing arrangement. Substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries’ assets are pledged as collateral for these guarantees. If we are unable to repay all secured borrowings when due, whether at maturity or if declared due and payable following a default, the agent or the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

lenders, as applicable, would have the right to proceed against the collateral pledged to secure the indebtedness and may sell the assets pledged as collateral in order to repay those borrowings, which could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Risk Factors Relating to Our Common Stock

The price of our common stock may be volatile.

The price at which our common stock trades may be volatile due to a number of factors, including:

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition or annual or quarterly results of operations;

•

changes in investors’ and financial analysts’ perception of the business risks and conditions of our business;

•

changes in, or our failure to meet, earnings estimates and other performance expectations of investors or financial analysts;

•

unfavorable commentary or downgrades of our stock by equity research analysts;

•

our success or failure in implementing our growth plans;

•

changes in the market valuations of companies viewed as similar to us;

•

changes or proposed changes in governmental regulations affecting our business;

•

changes in key personnel;

•

depth of the trading market in our common stock;

•

failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock;

•

future sales of our common stock; and

•

the granting or exercise of employee stock options or other equity awards;

In addition, equity markets have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices for the securities of newly public companies for a number of reasons, including reasons that may be unrelated to our business or operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may result in a material decline in the market price of our common stock and you may not be able to sell your shares at prices you deem acceptable. In the past, following periods of volatility in the equity markets, securities class action lawsuits have been instituted against public companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial cost and the diversion of management attention.

Our average trading volume is not substantial, which adds to the volatility of our stock price.

During the period from October 16, 2010 (the day after which our shares began trading in the public markets) through December 31, 2011, the average daily trading volume of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was approximately 63,000 shares, or roughly 1% of our outstanding common stock. When a relatively small number of shares are traded in a given day, the stock price can be influenced by the purchase or sale of a very small number of shares, leading to volatility in our stock price.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards and, as a result, rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. Our stockholders will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to these requirements.

Cerberus, through our controlling stockholder, controls a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards. Under these standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

•

the requirement that we have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

•

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

•

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees.

We are utilizing these exemptions. As a result, we do not have a majority of independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees do not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you do not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements.

The interests of our controlling stockholder in its capacity as a stockholder may be adverse to the interests of our other stockholders.

Our controlling stockholder controls the election of our directors, determines our corporate and management policies and determines, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. Our controlling stockholder also has sufficient voting power to amend our organizational documents.

We cannot assure you that the interests of our controlling stockholder will coincide with the interests of other holders of our common stock. Additionally, Cerberus, which controls our controlling stockholder, is in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Our certificate of incorporation provides that neither Cerberus or its affiliates, nor members of our board of directors who are not our employees (including any directors who also serve as officers) or their affiliates, have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Cerberus and our controlling stockholder may also pursue, for their own accounts, acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as our controlling stockholder continues to own a significant amount of our common stock, it will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions, including director and officer appointments, potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are directed by Cerberus, its affiliates or our directors to themselves or their other affiliates instead of to us.

Shares eligible for future sale may cause the market price of our common stock to decline, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue 350,000,000 shares of common stock and as of March 5, 2012 we had 19,683,032 shares of common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, 7,215,166 shares of common stock are freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market unless purchased by our affiliates. The remaining 12,467,866 shares of common stock are “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), which are freely tradable subject to applicable holding period, volume and other limitations under Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

The holders of the restricted securities have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering its shares or to include its shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

We are headquartered in Livonia, Michigan in a 76,300 square foot facility that we lease. This facility is utilized for management offices as well as certain customer service, engineering, human resources, information technology, finance and treasury functions. We believe that this facility is suitable for the activities conducted there.

Our manufacturing is conducted in 34 manufacturing facilities strategically located throughout North and South America, Europe and Asia. Our manufacturing facilities are supported by nine engineering and sales locations throughout the world.

The following table sets forth selected information regarding each of our facilities:

Facility

Country

Description of Use

Square
Feet

Ownership

Americas Locations

Aruja

Brazil

Manufacturing/Office/ Technical Center

272,200

Owned

Betim

Brazil

Manufacturing

120,600

Owned

Contagem

Brazil

Manufacturing

144,200

Leased

Auburn, Indiana

United States

Manufacturing

162,800

Leased

Bardstown, Kentucky

United States

Manufacturing

601,700

Owned/Leased⁽¹⁾

Bellevue, Ohio (2 locations)

United States

Manufacturing

363,700

Owned

Bluffton, Ohio

United States

Manufacturing

196,175

Leased

Chicago, Illinois

United States

Manufacturing

423,700

Leased

Clinton Township, Michigan

United States

Manufacturing

385,300

Leased

Elkton, Michigan

United States

Manufacturing

1,100,000

Owned

Grand Rapids, Michigan

United States

Office

5,900

Leased

Goodyear, Arizona

United States

Manufacturing

458,800

Leased⁽²⁾

Livonia, Michigan

United States

Corporate Office/Technical Center

76,300

Leased

Madison, Mississippi

United States

Manufacturing

270,500

Leased

Meridian, Mississippi

United States

Manufacturing

412,000

Leased

Milan, Tennessee

United States

Manufacturing

531,400

Leased⁽³⁾

Plymouth, Michigan

United States

Manufacturing

285,100

Leased

Smyrna, Tennessee

United States

Manufacturing

271,000

Leased

Upper Sandusky, Ohio

United States

Manufacturing

80,000

Leased⁽³⁾

Detroit, Michigan (2 locations)

United States

Manufacturing

992,000

Owned

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Facility

Country

Description of Use

Square
Feet

Ownership

International Locations

Gent

Belgium

Manufacturing

346,700

Leased

Artern

Germany

Manufacturing

150,000

Owned

Bergisch-Gladbach

Germany

Corporate Office/Technical Center

99,400

Owned⁽⁴⁾

Zwickau

Germany

Manufacturing

492,000

Owned/Leased⁽⁵⁾

Duisburg

Germany

Manufacturing

110,000

⁽⁶⁾

Buchholz

Germany

Manufacturing

79,900

Owned

Kaarst

Germany

Purchasing Office

3,300

Leased

Caserta

Italy

Manufacturing

262,500

Owned

Turin

Italy

Manufacturing/Office /Technical Center

180,300

Owned

Melfi

Italy

Manufacturing

73,600

Owned

Opole

Poland

Manufacturing

146,000

⁽⁵⁾

Malacky

Slovakia

Manufacturing

518,200

Owned

WuHu

China

Manufacturing/Office/Technical Center

308,500

⁽⁷⁾

Dalian

China

Manufacturing

72,700

⁽²⁾^/⁽⁷⁾

Changchun

China

Manufacturing/Office/Technical Center

249,100

⁽⁷⁾

Chengdu

China

Manufacturing

93,200

⁽⁷⁾

Xiangtan

China

Manufacturing/Office

292,800

⁽²⁾^/⁽⁷⁾

Shanghai

China

Office

3,500

Leased

Hyderabad

India

Engineering/Design/Technical Center

4,600

Leased

Yokohama

Japan

Sales/Engineering/Technical Center

2,500

Leased

Kwangju Metropolitan City, Pyeongdong

Korea

Manufacturing

237,000

Owned⁽⁸⁾

Hwaseong-si, Gyeonggi-do

Korea

Manufacturing

221,900

Owned

Shiheung-si, Gyeonggi-do

Korea

Manufacturing

183,000

Owned

Ansan-si, Gyeonggi-do

Korea

Manufacturing

60,700

Owned

Yeongcheon-si

Korea

Manufacturing

49,400

Owned

Ulsan Metropolitan City

Korea

Manufacturing

53,900

Owned

Gunpo-si, Gyeonggi-do

Korea

Office / Technical Center

28,800

Owned

(1)

Facility consists of three buildings — two buildings are leased and one building is owned.

(2)

Manufacturing has not yet commenced at this facility.

(3)

Facility is closed, but we remain subject to obligations under the operating lease.

(4)

The manufacturing facility has been closed, but the technical center and corporate office remain open.

(5)

Facility consists of two buildings — one building is leased and one building is owned.

(6)

We own a building right to this facility which is leased by one of our subsidiaries to another of our subsidiaries.

(7)

Facility is utilized by our joint venture. The building is owned by the joint venture.

(8)

Facility is owned, but the land is leased.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

We are from time to time involved in legal proceedings, claims or investigations that are incidental to the conduct of our business. We vigorously defend ourselves against these claims. In future periods, we could be subjected to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved on unfavorable terms. However, although the ultimate outcome of any legal matter cannot be predicted with certainty, based on current information, including our assessment of the merits of the particular claims, we do not expect that our pending legal proceedings or claims will have a material impact on our future consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information — Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TOWR.” The stock began trading on October 15, 2010, in conjunction with our initial public offering. As of March 5, 2012, we had 19,683,032 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding, of which 7,215,166 shares were not owned by Tower International Holdings, LLC (an entity owned by Cerberus), and 3 holders of record of our common stock. The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

The following table shows the high and low reported closing price per share of our common stock during 2011 and 2010:


	2011				2010
High and Low Closing Prices per Share	High Price		Low Price		High Price		Low Price
Fourth Quarter (beginning October 15^th in 2010)	$	12.77	$	9.51	$	17.90	$	12.72
Third Quarter		18.00		9.86		n/a		n/a
Second Quarter		18.06		13.91		n/a		n/a
First Quarter		18.82		15.85		n/a		n/a

Performance Graph — The following graph shows the quarterly cumulative total stockholder return for our common stock during the period from October 15, 2010 to December 31, 2011. Five year historical data is not presented since our common stock commenced trading in connection with our initial public offering on October 15, 2010 and we did not have common stock outstanding prior to that date. The graph also shows the cumulative returns of the S&P 500 Index and the Dow Jones U.S. Auto Parts Index. The comparison assumes $100 was invested on October 15, 2010 (the date our common stock began trading on the NYSE). Each of the indices shown assumes that all dividends paid were reinvested.

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return


	10/15/2010		12/31/2010		3/31/2011		6/30/2011		9/30/2011		12/31/2011
Tower International, Inc.	$	100.00		130.55		124.94		130.55		72.77		79.26
S&P 500	$	100.00		106.81		112.60		112.16		96.09		106.81
Automotive Index (Dow Jones)	$	100.00		121.26		128.10		132.24		92.46		105.61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dividends — We did not declare or pay any common stock dividends during 2011 or 2010 and do not anticipate paying any such dividends in the foreseeable future.

Issuer’s Purchases of Equity Securities — We did not repurchase any of our common stock during the fourth quarter of 2011.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following tables set forth (i) selected consolidated financial data of Tower International, Inc. for periods after the Corporate Conversion, (ii) selected consolidated financial data of Tower Automotive, LLC, for periods prior to the Corporate Conversion but subsequent to July 31, 2007, the date on which we acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain specific liabilities of Tower Automotive, Inc. and its United States subsidiaries in connection with the bankruptcy proceedings of Tower Automotive, Inc. and such subsidiaries and acquired the capital stock of substantially all of the foreign subsidiaries of Tower Automotive, Inc. and (iii) selected consolidated financial data of Tower Automotive, Inc. for periods on or before July 31, 2007. With respect to our financial data and throughout this Annual Report, we refer to Tower Automotive, Inc. through July 31, 2007 as the Predecessor Company and we refer to Tower Automotive, LLC after July 31, 2007 as the Successor. The selected consolidated balance sheet data of the Successor as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the selected consolidated statement of operations data of the Successor for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes that we have included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The selected consolidated balance sheet data of the Successor as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the selected consolidated statement of operations data of the Successor for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the five months ended December 31, 2007 and the selected consolidated statement of operations data of the Predecessor for the seven months ended July 31, 2007 have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not presented in this Annual Report.

The selected historical consolidated financial data as of any date and for any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved as of any future date or for any future period. As a result of the implementation of applicable accounting pronouncements relating to our acquisition of the Predecessor Company’s assets, the financial statements and financial data presented in this Annual Report for dates and for periods ending on or before July 31, 2007 are not comparable with the financial statements and financial data for periods after July 31, 2007.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial data in conjunction with the more detailed information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes that we have presented elsewhere in this Annual Report.


	Successor															Predecessor Company
	Year Ended December 31,												Five Months Ended December 31, 2007			Seven Months Ended July 31, 2007
	2011			2010			2009			2008			Five Months Ended December 31, 2007			Seven Months Ended July 31, 2007
	(in millions except share and per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues	$	2,406.1		$	1,997.1		$	1,634.4		$	2,171.7		$	1,086.1		$	1,455.5
Cost of Sales		2,150.0			1,786.5			1,536.8			1,991.3			970.5			1,325.9
Gross profit		256.1			210.6			97.6			180.4			115.6			129.6
Gross profit margin		10.6	%		10.5	%		6.0	%		8.3	%		10.6	%		8.9	%
Selling, general, and administrative expenses⁽¹⁾	$	158.4		$	144.0		$	118.3		$	138.6		$	57.0		$	77.2
Amortization expense		4.6			3.3			2.8			3.0			1.2			—
Restructuring and asset impairment charges, net		2.7			14.3			13.4			4.8			1.8			22.4
Operating income/(loss)		90.5			49.0			(36.9	)		34.0			55.5			30.0
Operating income/(loss) margin		3.8	%		2.5	%		(2.3	)%		1.6	%		5.1	%		2.1	%
Interest expense, net	$	61.2		$	65.9		$	56.9		$	60.2		$	34.0		$	65.5
Chapter 11 and related reorganization items		—			—			—			—			—			62.2
Income/(loss) from continuing operations		13.2			(28.5	)		(59.0	)		(45.7	)		18.2			(100.3	)
Net income/(loss)⁽²⁾		13.2			(28.5	)		(59.0	)		(45.7	)		18.2			(100.6	)
Net income attributable to the non- controlling interests		5.1			8.4			8.9			6.6			3.0			5.4
Net income/(loss) attributable to Tower International, Inc.		8.1			(36.9	)		(67.9	)		(52.3	)		15.2			(106.0	)
Preferred unit dividends⁽³⁾		—			10.7			16.1			14.9			8.8			—
Income/(loss) available to common stockholders		8.1			(47.6	)		(84.0	)		(67.3	)		6.4			(106.0	)
Basic income/(loss) per share:
Income/(loss) from continuing operations		0.42			(3.43	)		(6.74	)		(5.40	)		0.51			(1.79	)
Income/(loss) from discontinued operations		—			—			—			—			—			(0.01	)
Income/(loss) per share		0.42			(3.43	)		(6.74	)		(5.40	)		0.51			(1.80	)
Weighted average basic shares outstanding (in thousands)		19,364			13,866			12,468			12,468			12,468			58,807
Diluted income/(loss) per share:
Income/(loss) from continuing operations		0.40			(3.43	)		(6.74	)		(5.40	)		0.51			(1.79	)
Income/(loss) from discontinued operations		—			—			—			—			—			(0.01	)
Income/(loss) per share		0.40			(3.43	)		(6.74	)		(5.40	)		0.51			(1.80	)
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding (in thousands)		20,070			13,866			12,468			12,468			12,468			58,807
Cash dividends declared per share		—			—			—			—			—			—

TABLE OF CONTENTS


	Successor
	December 31,
	2011		2010		2009			2008			2007
	(in millions)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	135.0	$	150.3	$	149.8		$	126.8		$	96.8
Total assets		1,397.4		1,340.2		1,334.4			1,269.8			1,582.9
Total debt⁽⁴⁾		583.5		558.2		669.5			628.1			691.7
Redeemable preferred units⁽³⁾		—		—		170.9			155.2			145.9
Total stockholders’ equity/(deficit)		97.5		111.6		(147.2	)		(88.5	)		32.6

(1)

In connection with the closing of the notes offering and the IPO, we incurred charges of $18.4 million and $11.1 million, respectively, related to one-time compensation plans for our executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

(2)

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded a gain of $33.7 million related to the reduction of our letter of credit facility and subsequent repurchase of our first lien term loan.

(3)

Represents preferred equity interests in Tower Automotive, LLC. See note 12 to our consolidated financial statements. On August 12, 2010, the preferred units, common units and management incentive plan units of Tower Automotive, LLC, which constituted all of the equity interests in Tower Automotive, LLC, were converted into capital units of Tower Automotive, LLC. The preferred units received dividend payments in 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007.

(4)

Consists of short-term and long-term debt, current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Company Overview

We are a leading integrated global manufacturer of engineered structural metal components and assemblies primarily serving automotive original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs. We offer our automotive customers a broad product portfolio, supplying body-structure stampings, frame and other chassis structures, as well as complex welded assemblies, for small and large cars, crossovers, pickups and sport utility vehicles, or SUVs. Our products are manufactured at 34 production facilities strategically located near our customers in North America, South America, Europe and Asia. We support our manufacturing operations through nine engineering and sales locations around the world. Our products are offered on a diverse mix of vehicle platforms, reflecting the balanced portfolio approach of our business model and the breadth of our product capabilities. We supply products to approximately 176 vehicle models globally to 13 of the 15 largest OEMs based on 2011 production volumes.

Factors Affecting Our Industry

Our business and our revenues are primarily driven by the strength of the global automotive industry, which tends to be cyclical and highly correlated to general global macroeconomic conditions. The strength of the automotive market dictates the volume of purchases of our products by our OEM customers to ultimately satisfy consumer demand. We manufacture products pursuant to written agreements with each of our OEM customers. However, those agreements do not dictate the volume requirements of our customers; instead, OEMs monitor their inventory and the inventory levels of their dealers and adjust the volume of their purchases from us based on consumer demand for their products.

During 2010 and 2011, the financial markets improved and vehicle production increased compared to the unprecedented downturn experienced in 2008 and 2009. The economies in our largest markets, however, have not recovered to levels previously experienced. It is expected that vehicle production will increase in 2012 compared to 2011 in our markets with the exception of Europe.

As measured by IHS, global industry production of cars and light trucks was 75 million vehicles in 2011 compared to 72 million vehicles in 2010. The increased production is a trend that we expect to continue as the global economy recovers from the unprecedented economic crisis experienced over the previous several years. Over the long term, IHS projects production will reach 93 million vehicles by 2015, reflecting a recovery in both the North American and European markets as well as continued growth in emerging markets such as China and Brazil. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from this long-term trend, but we are not insulated from short-term fluctuations in the global automotive industry.

Factors Affecting Our Revenues

While overall production volumes are largely driven by economic factors outside of our direct control, we believe that the following elements of our business also impact our revenues:

•

Life cycle of our agreements. Our agreements with OEMs typically follow one of two patterns. Agreements for new models of vehicles normally cover the lifetime of the platform, often awarded two to five years before these models are marketed to the public. Agreements covering design improvements to existing automobiles have shorter expected life cycles, typically with shorter pre-production and development periods. Typically, once a supplier has been designated to supply components for a new platform, an OEM will continue to purchase those parts from the designated manufacturer for the life of the program. For any given agreement, our revenues depend in part upon the life cycle status of the applicable product platform. Overall, our revenues are enhanced to the extent that the products we are assembling and producing are in the peak production periods of their life cycles.

•

Product pricing. Generally, our customers negotiate annual price reductions with us during the term of their contracts. When negotiated price reductions are expected to be retroactive, we accrue for such amounts as a reduction of revenues as products are shipped. The extent of our price reductions negatively impacts our revenues. In unusual circumstances, we have been able to negotiate year-over-year price increases as well.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

Steel pricing. We require significant quantities of steel in the manufacture of our products. Although changing steel prices affect our results, we seek to be neutral with respect to steel pricing over time, with the intention of neither making nor losing money as steel prices fluctuate. The pricing of our products includes a component for steel which increases as steel prices increase and decreases as steel prices decrease. For our North American customers and several of our other customers, we purchase steel through our customers’ resale programs, where our customers actually negotiate the cost of steel for us. In other cases, we procure steel directly from the mills, negotiating our own price and seeking to pass through steel price increases and decreases to our customers.

•

Foreign exchange. Our foreign exchange transaction risk is generally limited, primarily because we purchase and produce products in the same country where we sell to our final customer. However, the translation of foreign currencies back to the U.S. dollar may have a significant impact on our revenues, results of operations, cash flows, or stockholders’ equity. Foreign exchange has an unfavorable impact on revenues when the U.S. dollar is relatively strong as compared with foreign currencies and a favorable impact on revenues when the U.S. dollar is relatively weak as compared with foreign currencies. The functional currency of our foreign operations is the local currency. Assets and liabilities of our foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars using the applicable period-end rates of exchange. Results of operations are translated at applicable average rates prevailing throughout the period. Translation gains or losses are reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income in our Consolidated Statements of Equity/(Deficit), Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), and Redeemable Preferred Units. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions, the amounts of which were not material in any of the periods presented in this Annual Report, are included in net income/(loss).

Factors Affecting Our Expenses

Our expenses are driven by the following factors:

•

Cost of steel. We utilize steel and various purchased steel products in virtually all of our products. We refer to the “net steel impact” as the combination of the change in steel prices that are reflected in the price of our products, the change in the cost to procure steel from the mill, and the change in our recovery of scrap steel (which we refer to as offal). Our strategy is to be economically indifferent to steel pricing by having these factors offset each other. While we strive to achieve a neutral net steel impact, we are not always successful in achieving that goal, in large part due to timing. Depending upon when a steel price change occurs, that change may have a disproportionate effect, within any particular fiscal period, on our product pricing, our steel costs and the results of our sales of scrap steel. Imbalances in any one particular fiscal period may be reversed in a subsequent fiscal period, although we cannot provide assurances as to if or when these reversals will occur.

•

Purchase of steel. As noted above, we purchase a portion of our steel from our customers through our customers’ resale programs and a portion of our steel directly from the mills. Whether our customer negotiates the cost of steel for us in a customer resale program or we negotiate the cost of steel with the mills, the price we pay is charged directly to our cost of sales, just as the component of product pricing relating to steel is included within our revenues.

•

Sale of scrap steel. We typically sell offal in secondary markets which are influenced by similar market forces. We generally share our recoveries from sales of offal with our customers either through scrap sharing agreements, in cases where we are on resale programs, or in the product pricing that is negotiated regarding increases and decreases in the steel price in cases where we purchase steel directly from the mills. In either situation, we may be impacted by the fluctuation in scrap steel prices, either positive or negative, in relation to our various customer agreements. Since scrap steel prices generally increase and decrease as steel prices increase and decrease, our sale of offal may mitigate the severity of steel price increases and limit the benefits we achieve through steel price declines. Recoveries related to sales of offal reduce cost of sales.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Adjusted EBITDA

We use the term Adjusted EBITDA throughout this Annual Report. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income/(loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, restructuring items and other adjustments described in the reconciliations provided in this report. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of performance defined in accordance with U.S. GAAP (“GAAP”). We use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplement to our GAAP results in evaluating our business.

Adjusted EBITDA is included in this report because it is one of the principal factors upon which our management assesses performance. Our Chief Executive Officer measures the performance of our segments on the basis of Adjusted EBITDA. As an analytical tool, Adjusted EBITDA assists us in comparing our performance over various reporting periods on a consistent basis because it excludes items that we do not believe reflect our core operating performance.

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is useful in evaluating our performance because Adjusted EBITDA is a commonly used financial metric for measuring and comparing the operating performance of companies in our industry. We believe that the disclosure of Adjusted EBITDA offers an additional financial metric that, when coupled with the GAAP results and the reconciliation to GAAP results, provides a more complete understanding of our results of operations and the factors and trends affecting our business.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income/(loss) as an indicator of our performance, as an alternative to net cash provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity, or as an alternative to any other measure prescribed by GAAP. There are limitations to using non-GAAP measures such as Adjusted EBITDA. Although we believe that Adjusted EBITDA may make an evaluation of our operating performance more consistent because it removes items that do not reflect our core operations, (i) other companies in our industry may define Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do and, as a result, it may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies in our industry; and (ii) Adjusted EBITDA excludes certain financial information that some may consider important in evaluating our performance.

We compensate for these limitations by providing disclosure of the differences between Adjusted EBITDA and GAAP results, including providing a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to GAAP results, to enable investors to perform their own analysis of our operating results. For a reconciliation of consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable GAAP measure, net income/(loss), see “Results of Operations” below.

Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of the income generated by our business or discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. Our management compensates for these limitations by analyzing both our GAAP results and Adjusted EBITDA.

Our Segments

Our management reviews our operating results and makes decisions based upon two reportable segments: the Americas and International, each of which has its own president and leadership team. For accounting purposes, we have identified four operating segments, which we have aggregated into two reportable segments. See note 16 to our consolidated financial statements. Through December 31, 2011, our businesses have had similar economic characteristics, including the nature of our products, our margins, our production processes and our customers.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Results of Operations — Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2010

Automobile production volumes increased during the year ended December 31, 2011 in all major markets compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, with the exception of Brazil which remained relatively flat. The following table presents production volumes in specified regions according to IHS for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 (in millions of units produced):


	Europe			Korea			China			North America			Brazil
2011 production volumes		20.2			4.6			16.0			13.1			3.1
2010 production volumes		18.8			4.2			15.1			11.9			3.2
Increase / (decrease)		1.4			0.4			0.9			1.2			(0.1	)
Percentage change		8	%		8	%		11	%		10	%		(1	)%

The following table presents selected financial information for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions).


	International					Americas					Consolidated
	Year Ended December 31,					Year Ended December 31,					Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010		2011		2010			2011		2010
Revenues	$	1,334.0		$	1,147.6	$	1,072.1	$	849.5		$	2,406.1	$	1,997.1
Cost of sales		1,199.4			1,012.6		950.6		773.9			2,150.0		1,786.5
Gross profit		134.6			135.0		121.5		75.6			256.1		210.6
Selling, general, and administrative expenses		64.8			63.1		93.6		80.9			158.4		144.0
Amortization		2.7			2.4		1.9		0.9			4.6		3.3
Restructuring and asset impairments		(0.2	)		3.3		2.8		11.0			2.6		14.3
Operating income/(loss)	$	67.3		$	66.2	$	23.2	$	(17.2	)		90.5		49.0
Interest expense, net												61.2		65.9
Other expense												1.3		1.3
Provision for income taxes												14.8		10.3
Noncontrolling interest, net of tax												5.1		8.4
Net income/(loss) attributable to Tower International, Inc.											$	8.1	$	(36.9	)

Comparison of Periods — GAAP Analysis of Consolidated Results

Revenues

Total revenues increased during the year ended December 31, 2011 by $409 million or 20% from the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting primarily higher volume in both our Americas segment ($209.3 million) and our International segment ($86 million). Revenues were also positively impacted by the strengthening of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar in our International segment, primarily the Euro ($41 million), Korean Won ($13.6 million), and Chinese RMB ($7.7 million), and in our Americas segment, primarily the Brazilian Real ($11.9 million). Revenues were also positively impacted by favorable pricing and economics ($39.5 million), related primarily to higher steel recoveries in our International segment.

Gross Profit

When we analyze our total gross profit, we separately categorize external factors — volume, product mix and foreign exchange — and all other factors which impact gross profit, which we refer to as “other factors”. When we refer to “mix,” we are referring to the relative composition of revenues and profitability of the products we sell in any given period. When we refer to “pricing and economics,” we are referring to (i) the impact of adjustments in the pricing of particular products, which we refer to as product pricing; (ii) the impact of steel price changes, taking into account the component of our product pricing attributable to steel, the cost of steel included in our cost of sales and the amounts recovered on the sale of offal, which in total

TABLE OF CONTENTS

we refer to as the net steel impact; and (iii) the impact of inflation and changes in operating costs such as labor, utilities and fuel, which we refer to as economics.

Total gross profit increased by $45.5 million or 22% from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011, and our gross profit margin increased from 10.5% during 2010 to 10.6% in 2011, as partially explained by higher volume ($62.8 million) and favorable foreign exchange ($10.2 million, excluding the impact on depreciation), offset partially by unfavorable product mix ($16 million). All other factors were net unfavorable by $11.5 million. Cost of sales was reduced by favorable efficiencies ($41.6 million) and the favorable settlement associated with a value added tax audit in Brazil ($2.7 million). These factors were more than offset by unfavorable pricing and economics ($47.1 million), higher launch costs ($7.4 million), and the non-recurrence of customer cost recoveries ($3.6 million).

Total gross profit was positively impacted by a reduction in the depreciation included in cost of sales from $107.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 to $105.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease reflected primarily a portion of our assets becoming fully depreciated in 2011 in our International segment, offset partially by the strengthening of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar and the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of W Industries.

Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses (“SG&A”)

Total SG&A increased $14.4 million or 10% from the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting primarily the higher charges for compensation costs related to the initial public offering and senior secured notes offering ($7.3 million), higher expenses associated with being a public company ($2.7 million), wage inflation ($2.7 million), the costs related to the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of W Industries during the second quarter of 2011 ($1.1 million), and the strengthening of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar, offset partially by SG&A efficiencies ($1.6 million) and the costs related to the acquisition of a manufacturing plant in Artern, Germany during the first quarter of 2010 ($0.7 million).

Amortization Expense

Total amortization expense increased $1.3 million or 39% from the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting primarily the amortization of the intangible asset recorded at Tower Defense & Aerospace during the second quarter of 2011, the amortization of the intangible asset recorded in Artern at the end of the first quarter of 2010, and the strengthening of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar. Our amortization expense consists of the charges we incur to amortize certain intangible assets.

Restructuring and Asset Impairment Expense

Total restructuring and asset impairment expense decreased $11.7 million or 82% from the year ended December 31, 2010. During 2011, we incurred charges of $2.7 million which consisted of the recurring costs for maintaining our North American closed plants and severance costs in Brazil related to improved manufacturing efficiencies, which were offset partially by the favorable adjustment of a liability pertaining to our North American closed facilities. During 2010, we incurred charges of $14.3 million reflecting primarily an impairment charge taken on our non-automotive business of $7.3 million, an impairment charge taken of $2.7 million on our press shop in Bergisch Gladbach, Germany as we put it up for sale, $2.3 million related to the sale of a closed facility, and the recurring costs for maintaining our North American closed plants. The charge taken on our non-automotive business relates to the equipment specifically purchased for a contract with a solar customer that failed to materialize, less any salvage value.

Interest Expense, net

Interest expense, net, decreased $4.7 million or 7% from the year ended December 31, 2010 reflecting primarily the acceleration of debt issue costs in August 2010 upon the retirement of the first lien term loan ($5.3 million) and a favorable settlement relating to the interest associated with a value added tax audit in Brazil ($4.3 million), offset partially by the higher interest expense associated with our senior secured notes ($2.5 million), the higher interest expense associated with our Amended ABL Revolver and new Letter of Credit Facility ($1.8 million), and the strengthening of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar. During the third quarter of 2010, we issued $430 million of senior secured notes with an original issue discount of $12.8 million and subsequently retired our first lien term loan. The weighted average annual interest rate of the first lien term loan was approximately 8% during 2010 when taking into account our interest rate swaps

TABLE OF CONTENTS

compared with the senior secured notes that bear an annual interest rate of 11.25% when taking into account the amortization of the original issue discount. On October 6, 2011 and September 30, 2011, we reduced our outstanding debt by purchasing $7.5 million and $17.5 million, respectively, of our senior secured notes in the open market and immediately retired them which resulted in the acceleration of the amortization of the original issue discount and associated debt issue costs by $0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively. On March 30, 2011 and December 17, 2010, we redeemed $17 million and $26 million, respectively, of the senior secured notes which resulted in the acceleration of the amortization of the original issue discount and associated debt issue costs by $0.8 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

Provision for Income Taxes

Income tax expense increased $4.5 million or 44% from the year ended December 31, 2010. In the third quarter of 2010, we recorded a net discrete tax benefit of $5.8 million for reversing a South Korean valuation allowance, the recognition of tax expense attributable to interest rate swaps, and the establishment of reserves for uncertain tax positions required under FASB ASC No. 740. Excluding these one-time events, income tax expense decreased $1.3 million from the year ended December 31, 2010. The comparative $1.3 million decrease was primarily attributable to reductions in uncertain tax positions for intercompany charges. Our income tax expense varies each period depending on the level and mix of income and losses generated in the various jurisdictions in which we do business. Our effective tax rate of 52.9% is significantly higher than the expected income tax expense based on the U.S. Federal statutory rate primarily because we have not recorded tax benefits on net operating losses incurred in certain jurisdictions. The jurisdictions that have had historical cumulative losses are primarily the U.S and the Netherlands. We did not record an income tax benefit on these losses due to the uncertainty of the future realization of the deferred tax assets generated by the cumulative losses.

Noncontrolling Interest, Net of Tax

The adjustment to our earnings required to give effect to the elimination of noncontrolling interests decreased $3.3 million or 39% from the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting decreased earnings in our Chinese joint ventures during 2011 related primarily to unfavorable product pricing.

Comparison of Periods — Non-GAAP Analysis of Adjusted EBITDA

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss attributable to Tower International, Inc. for the periods presented is set forth below (in millions):


	International						Americas						Consolidated
	Year Ended December 31,						Year Ended December 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2011			2010			2011			2010
Adjusted EBITDA	$	118.3		$	125.5		$	109.3		$	64.7		$	227.6		$	190.2
Intercompany charges		9.1			7.0			(9.1	)		(7.0	)		—			—
Restructuring and asset impairments		0.2			(3.3	)		(2.8	)		(11.0	)		(2.6	)		(14.3	)
Depreciation and amortization		(58.2	)		(61.3	)		(56.4	)		(53.4	)		(114.6	)		(114.7	)
Acquisition costs and other		(0.4	)		(1.0	)		(1.1	)		(0.1	)		(1.5	)		(1.1	)
Incentive compensation related to funding events^(a)		(1.7	)		(0.7	)		(16.7	)		(10.4	)		(18.4	)		(11.1	)
Operating income/(loss)	$	67.3		$	66.2		$	23.2		$	(17.2	)		90.5			49.0
Interest expense, net														(61.2	)		(65.9	)
Other expense^(b)														(1.3	)		(1.3	)
Provision for income taxes														(14.8	)		(10.3	)
Noncontrolling interest, net of tax														(5.1	)		(8.4	)
Net income/(loss) attributable to Tower International, Inc.													$	8.1		$	(36.9	)

(a)

Represents the one-time compensation programs triggered by the closing of the senior secured notes offering and the closing of the initial public offering in 2010. The compensation charges are incurred during the applicable vesting periods of each program.

(b)

Represents the premium paid in connection with the retirement of our senior secured notes.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents revenues (a GAAP measure) and Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions) as well as an explanation of variances:


	International					Americas					Consolidated
	Revenues		Adjusted EBITDA^(c)			Revenues		Adjusted EBITDA^(c)			Revenues		Adjusted EBITDA^(c)
2011 results	$	1,334.0	$	118.3		$	1,072.1	$	109.3		$	2,406.1	$	227.6
2010 results	$	1,147.6	$	125.5		$	849.5	$	64.7		$	1,997.1	$	190.2
Variance	$	186.4	$	(7.2	)	$	222.6	$	44.6		$	409.0	$	37.4
Variance attributable to:
Volume and mix	$	86.0	$	14.4		$	209.3	$	32.4		$	295.3	$	46.8
Foreign exchange		62.3		6.5			11.9		1.0			74.2		7.5
Pricing and economics		38.1		(34.3	)		1.4		(15.5	)		39.5		(49.8	)
Efficiencies		—		16.1			—		25.5			—		41.6
Selling, general and administrative expenses and other items^(d)		—		(9.9	)		—		1.2			—		(8.7	)
Total	$	186.4	$	(7.2	)	$	222.6	$	44.6		$	409.0	$	37.4

(c)

We have presented a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income/(loss) attributable to Tower International, Inc. above.

(d)

When we refer to “selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) and other items”, the “other items” refer to (i) savings which we generate after implementing restructuring actions, (ii) the costs associated with launching new products, and (iii) one-time items which may include reimbursement of costs.

Adjusted EBITDA

Consolidated Company: Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA improved by $37.4 million or 20% from the year ended December 31, 2010, as explained by higher volume ($62.8 million) and favorable foreign exchange ($7.5 million) offset partially by unfavorable product mix ($16 million). The unfavorable product mix relates primarily to products which required lower capital investments and have lower margins. All other factors were net unfavorable by $16.9 million; favorable efficiencies ($41.6 million) were more than offset by unfavorable pricing and economics ($49.8 million) and unfavorable SG&A expenses and other items ($8.7 million).

International Segment: In our International segment, Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $7.2 million or 6% from the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting higher volumes ($14.6 million) and favorable foreign exchange ($6.5 million) offset partially by unfavorable product mix ($0.2 million). All other factors were net unfavorable by $28.1 million. Unfavorable pricing and economics ($34.3 million), principally product pricing and labor costs, were offset partially by favorable efficiencies ($16.1 million). In addition, SG&A and other items contributed unfavorably during the year ended December 31, 2011 ($9.9 million) resulting from higher launch costs ($5.7 million) and the non-recurrence of customer cost recoveries ($3 million).

Americas Segment: In our Americas segment, Adjusted EBITDA improved by $44.6 million or 69% from the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting primarily higher volumes ($48.2 million) and favorable foreign exchange ($1 million) offset partially by unfavorable product mix ($15.8 million). All other factors were net favorable by $11.2 million. Favorable efficiencies ($25.5 million) and lower SG&A expenses and other items ($1.2 million) were offset partially by unfavorable pricing and economics ($15.5 million), principally product pricing and labor costs. SG&A spending and other items reflect primarily the favorable settlement associated with a value added tax audit in Brazil ($2.7 million), favorable SG&A efficiencies ($2.4 million), offset partially by higher expenses associated with being a public company ($2.7 million) and higher launch costs ($1.7 million).

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Results of Operations — Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2009

Automobile production volumes increased during the year ended December 31, 2010 in all major markets compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The following table presents production volumes in specified regions according to IHS for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009 (in millions of units produced):


	Europe			Korea			China			North America			Brazil
2010 production volumes		18.8			4.2			14.7			11.9			3.2
2009 production volumes		16.3			3.4			10.8			8.6			2.9
Increase		2.5			0.8			3.9			3.3			0.3
Percentage change		15	%		22	%		36	%		40	%		8	%

The following table presents selected financial information for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in millions).


	International				Americas						Consolidated
	Year Ended December 31,				Year Ended December 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2010		2009		2010			2009			2010			2009
Revenues	$	1,147.6	$	990.5	$	849.5		$	643.9		$	1,997.1		$	1,634.4
Cost of sales		1,012.6		889.9		773.9			646.9			1,786.5			1,536.8
Gross profit/(loss)		135.0		100.6		75.6			(3.0	)		210.6			97.6
Selling, general, and administrative expenses		63.1		57.7		80.9			60.6			144.0			118.3
Amortization		2.4		2.0		0.9			0.8			3.3			2.8
Restructuring and asset impairments		3.3		12.6		11.0			0.8			14.3			13.4
Operating income/(loss)	$	66.2	$	28.3	$	(17.2	)	$	(65.2	)		49.0			(36.9	)
Interest expense, net												65.9			56.9
Other (income)/expense												1.3			(33.7	)
Provision/(benefit) for income taxes												10.3			(1.1	)
Noncontrolling interest, net of tax												8.4			8.9
Net loss attributable to Tower International, Inc.											$	(36.9	)	$	(67.9	)

Comparison of Periods — GAAP Analysis of Consolidated Results

Revenues

Total revenues increased during the year ended December 31, 2010 by $362.7 million or 22% from the year ended December 31, 2009, reflecting primarily higher volume in both our International segment ($211.1 million) and our Americas segment ($194.5 million). Revenues were also positively impacted by the strengthening of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar in our Americas segment, primarily the Brazilian Real ($21.2 million) and in our International segment, primarily the Korean Won ($21.2 million); however, that positive impact was more than offset by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro in our International segment ($42.8 million). Revenues were negatively impacted by unfavorable pricing and economics ($36.9 million), primarily related to product pricing and lower steel recoveries.

Gross Profit

Total gross profit increased by $113 million or 116% from the year ended December 31, 2009 to the year ended December 31, 2010, and our gross profit margin increased from 6% during 2009 to 10.5% in 2010, as partially explained by higher volume ($95.4 million) offset partially by unfavorable product mix ($3.8 million) and unfavorable foreign exchange ($2.9 million, excluding the impact on depreciation). All other factors were net favorable by $24.3 million. Cost of sales was reduced by manufacturing, purchasing, and other efficiencies ($47.7 million), a one-time provision in 2009 associated with a value added tax audit in Brazil ($4.7 million),

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and savings from restructuring actions undertaken in 2008 and 2009 ($3.6 million). These factors were offset partially by unfavorable pricing and economics ($42.2 million), which included the non-recurrence of a one-time adjustment to our workers’ compensation accrual in 2009 associated with our closed facilities in our Americas segment ($3 million). Gross profit was also adversely impacted by the non-recurrence of customer cost recoveries ($12.2 million), higher launch costs ($9 million), and the non-recurrence of recoveries of expenditures for customer-funded tooling ($3.1 million).

Total gross profit was positively impacted by a reduction in the depreciation included in cost of sales from $141.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2009 to $107.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The reduction reflected primarily accelerated depreciation in 2009 related to certain restructuring actions taken in the Americas segment, the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies, and a portion of our fixed assets becoming fully depreciated in July 2009.

Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses (“SG&A”)

Total SG&A increased $25.7 million or 22% from the year ended December 31, 2009, reflecting higher bonus and higher salary costs relating in part to the hiring of additional engineering colleagues in support of new programs ($13.3 million) and acquisition costs related to the acquisition of a manufacturing plant in Artern, Germany during the first quarter of 2010 ($0.7 million). In addition, SG&A for the year ended December 31, 2010 includes a charge for compensation costs related to our Special Incentive Program ($6.7 million), restricted stock units granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan ($2.9 million), and our Supplemental Value Creation Program ($1.5 million). These compensation expenses were incurred as a result of the consummation of the IPO and the notes offering (see notes 14 and 18 to our consolidated financial statements).

Amortization Expense

Total amortization expense increased $0.5 million or 18% from the year ended December 31, 2009, reflecting primarily the amortization of the intangible asset recorded for the Artern facility at the end of the first quarter. Our amortization expense consists of the charges we incur to amortize certain intangible assets.

Restructuring and Asset Impairment Expense

Total restructuring and asset impairment expense increased $0.9 million or 7% from the year ended December 31, 2009. During 2010, we incurred charges of $14.3 million reflecting primarily an impairment charge taken on our non-automotive business of $7.3 million, an impairment charge taken of $2.7 million on our press shop in Bergisch Gladbach, Germany as we put it up for sale, and $2.3 million related to the sale of a closed facility. The charge taken on our non-automotive business relates to the equipment specifically purchased for a contract with a solar customer that failed to materialize, less any salvage value. During 2009, we incurred a $13.4 million charge reflecting primarily the closure of our press shop in Bergisch Gladbach, Germany ($10.2 million) and $4 million related to the 2008 closure of our facility in Traverse City, Michigan. The 2009 charges were offset partially by $6.9 million of restructuring income related to the cancellation of an old customer program relating to our closed facility in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The remaining charges in 2010 and 2009 related to the ongoing maintenance of closed facilities and other small restructuring actions taken.

Interest Expense, net

Interest expense, net, increased $9 million or 16% from the year ended December 31, 2009 reflecting primarily the acceleration of the amortization of our debt issue costs associated with the first lien term loan ($5.3 million) and the higher interest expense associated with our senior secured notes ($3.4 million). During the third quarter of 2010, we issued $430 million of senior secured notes with an original issue discount of $12.8 million and subsequently retired our first lien term loan. The weighted average annual interest rate of the first lien term loan was approximately 8% during 2009 and 2010 when taking into account our interest rate swaps compared with the senior secured notes that bear an annual interest rate of 11.25% when taking into account the amortization of the original issue discount. On December 17, 2010, we redeemed $26 million of the senior secured notes from a portion of the net proceeds of our initial public offering.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Provision/(Benefit) for Income Taxes

Income tax expense increased $11.4 million from the year ended December 31, 2009. Income tax expense increased $12.3 million reflecting primarily increased foreign income taxes, relating to increased earnings in our international segment, offset partially by reduced withholding and state income taxes. During 2010, we also reversed $7.8 million (net of uncertain tax benefits) of our valuation allowance in South Korea which resulted in a tax benefit. This valuation allowance was reversed because the profitability of our South Korean operations has improved during the past two years and the expected production volumes in South Korea are remaining at or above levels experienced during 2008. In addition, income tax expense of $2 million was recognized in operations, relating to the reversal of interest rate swaps reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), compared to a benefit of $4.9 million for 2009.

The change in income tax expense varies during each period depending on the level and mix of income and losses generated in the various jurisdictions in which we do business. Our effective tax rate differs from our statutory rate primarily due to valuation allowances recorded against tax benefits on losses incurred in certain countries, including the U.S. where we have recorded the valuation allowances due to the uncertainty of the future realization of the tax benefits associated with the losses.

Noncontrolling Interest, Net of Tax

The adjustment to our earnings required to give effect to the elimination of noncontrolling interests decreased $0.5 million or 6% from the year ended December 31, 2009, reflecting decreased earnings in our Chinese joint ventures during 2010.

Comparison of Periods — Non-GAAP Analysis of Adjusted EBITDA

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss attributable to Tower International, Inc. for the periods presented is set forth below (in millions):


	International						Americas						Consolidated
	Year Ended December 31,						Year Ended December 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2010			2009			2010			2009			2010			2009
Adjusted EBITDA	$	125.5		$	108.7		$	64.7		$	16.3		$	190.2		$	125.0
Intercompany charges		7.0			8.0			(7.0	)		(8.0	)		—			—
Restructuring and asset impairments		(3.3	)		(12.6	)		(11.0	)		(0.8	)		(14.3	)		(13.4	)
Depreciation and amortization		(61.3	)		(75.1	)		(53.4	)		(72.6	)		(114.7	)		(147.7	)
Receivable factoring charges and other		(0.3	)		(0.7	)		(0.1	)		(0.1	)		(0.4	)		(0.8	)
Acquisition costs		(0.7	)		—			—			—			(0.7	)		—
Incentive compensation related to funding events		(0.7	)		—			(10.4	)		—			(11.1	)		—
Operating income/(loss)	$	66.2		$	28.3		$	(17.2	)	$	(65.2	)		49.0			(36.9	)
Interest expense, net														(65.9	)		(56.9	)
Other income/(expense)^(a)														(1.3	)		33.7
(Provision)/benefit for income taxes														(10.3	)		1.1
Noncontrolling interest, net of tax														(8.4	)		(8.9	)
Net loss attributable to Tower International, Inc.													$	(36.9	)	$	(67.9	)

(a)

In 2010, represents the premium paid in connection with the redemption of $26 million of our senior secured notes. In 2009, represents the gains associated with a reduction in our synthetic letter of credit facility and then a repurchase and retirement of a portion of our first lien term loan.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents revenues (a GAAP measure) and Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in millions) as well as an explanation of variances:


	International						Americas						Consolidated
	Revenues			Adjusted EBITDA^(b)			Revenues			Adjusted EBITDA^(b)			Revenues			Adjusted EBITDA^(b)
2010 results	$	1,147.6		$	125.5		$	849.5		$	64.7		$	1,997.1		$	190.2
2009 results		990.5			108.7			643.9			16.3			1,634.4			125.0
Variance	$	157.1		$	16.8		$	205.6		$	48.4		$	362.7		$	65.2
Variance attributable to:
Volume and mix	$	211.1		$	35.9		$	194.5		$	55.7		$	405.6		$	91.6
Foreign exchange		(21.6	)		(4.1	)		21.2			1.0			(0.4	)		(3.1	)
Pricing and economics		(31.9	)		(34.0	)		(5.0	)		(20.8	)		(36.9	)		(54.8	)
Manufacturing and purchasing efficiencies		—			24.6			—			31.2			—			55.8
Selling, general and administrative expenses and other items		(0.5	)		(5.6	)		(5.1	)		(18.7	)		(5.6	)		(24.3	)
Total	$	157.1		$	16.8		$	205.6		$	48.4		$	362.7		$	65.2

(b)

We have presented a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss attributable to Tower International, Inc. above.

Adjusted EBITDA

Consolidated Company: Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA improved by $65.2 million or 52% from the year ended December 31, 2009, as explained by higher volume ($95.4 million) offset partially by unfavorable product mix ($3.8 million) and unfavorable foreign exchange ($3.1 million). All other factors were net unfavorable by $23.3 million; manufacturing and purchasing efficiencies ($55.8 million) were more than offset by unfavorable pricing and economics ($54.8 million) and unfavorable SG&A expenses and other items ($24.3 million).

International Segment: In our International segment, Adjusted EBITDA improved by $16.8 million or 15% from the year ended December 31, 2009, reflecting higher volumes ($47.3 million) offset partially by unfavorable product mix ($11.4 million) and unfavorable foreign exchange ($4.1 million). All other factors were net unfavorable by $15 million. Unfavorable pricing and economics ($34 million), principally product pricing and labor costs, were offset partially by manufacturing and purchasing efficiencies ($24.6 million). In addition, SG&A and other items contributed unfavorably during the year ended December 31, 2010 ($5.6 million) resulting from the non-recurrence of customer cost recoveries ($3.9 million), higher launch costs ($2.9 million), and increased personnel costs, primarily engineering ($2.5 million), offset partially by savings from restructuring actions undertaken in 2009 ($1.9 million).

Americas Segment: In our Americas segment, Adjusted EBITDA improved by $48.4 million or 297% from the year ended December 31, 2009, reflecting primarily higher volumes ($48.1 million), favorable product mix ($7.6 million), and favorable foreign exchange ($1 million). All other factors were net unfavorable by $8.3 million. Manufacturing and purchasing efficiencies ($31.2 million) were offset partially by unfavorable pricing and economics ($20.8 million), principally product pricing and labor costs including higher bonus and salary costs and the non-recurrence of a one-time adjustment to our workers’ compensation accrual in 2009 associated with our closed facilities ($3 million), and higher SG&A expenses and other items ($18.7 million). The adverse impact from SG&A spending and other items resulted from the non-recurrence of customer cost recoveries ($8.3 million), higher launch costs ($6.1 million), increased personnel costs, primarily engineering ($3.4 million), the non-recurrence of recoveries of expenditures for customer-funded tooling ($3.1 million), and increased costs related to becoming a public company ($2 million), all of which were offset partially by the non-recurrence of a one-time provision in 2009 associated with a value added tax audit in Brazil ($4.7 million) and savings from restructuring actions undertaken in 2008 and 2009 ($1.7 million).

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Restructuring and Asset Impairments

The following table sets forth our net restructuring and asset impairment expense by type for the periods presented (in millions):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Employee termination costs	$	1.4	$	0.6	$	12.9
Other exit costs		1.3		3.7		5.6
Asset impairments		—		10.0		1.8
Restructuring income		—		—		(6.9	)
Total	$	2.7	$	14.3	$	13.4

We restructure our global operations in an effort to align our capacity with demand and to reduce our costs. Restructuring costs include employee termination benefits and other incremental costs resulting from restructuring activities. These incremental costs principally include equipment and personnel relocation costs. Restructuring costs are recognized in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with FASB ASC No. 420, “Exit or Disposal Obligations,” and appear in our Statement of Operations under a line item entitled “restructuring and related asset impairment charges, net.” We believe the restructuring actions discussed below will help our efficiency and results of operations on a going forward basis.

The charges incurred during 2011 related to the ongoing maintenance expense of facilities closed in our Americas segment as a result of prior actions and severance costs in Brazil to improve manufacturing efficiencies.

In December 2010, we recorded an impairment charge of $7.3 million on our non-automotive business and recorded a charge of $2.3 million related to the sale of a closed facility. The charge taken on our non-automotive business related to the equipment specifically purchased for a contract with a solar customer that failed to materialize, less any salvage value. In March 2010, we recorded an impairment charge of $2.7 million on our Bergisch Gladbach, Germany facility which was closed in 2009. This charge was recorded to align the book value to fair value less costs to sell when the facility was classified as held for sale.

In July 2009, we announced that we had ceased production at our press shop in Bergisch Gladbach, Germany. This closure impacted 57 employees. Total costs of the closure of this facility were $10.2 million, which was comprised of $9.1 million of employee costs and $1.1 million of other exit costs. We recorded the entire charge of $10.2 million in 2009. In connection with our prior restructuring actions and current activities other than our Bergisch press shop and Traverse City closure, we recorded restructuring charges of approximately $6.1 million during 2009.

The additional charges incurred in 2011, 2010, and 2009 related to other severance costs and ongoing maintenance of facilities closed as a result of prior actions. We expect to continue to incur additional restructuring expense in 2012 primarily related to previously announced restructuring actions and may engage in new actions if business conditions warrant further actions. We do not anticipate that any additional expense will be significant with respect to previously announced actions. We had no restructuring income during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, but we had restructuring income of $6.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The restructuring income was related to the cancellation of an old customer program relating to our closed facility in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. This income was recorded in the Americas segment. As of December 31, 2009, all recoveries had been received.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

We generally expect to fund expenditures for operations, administrative expenses, capital expenditures and debt service obligations with internally generated funds from operations, and satisfy working capital needs from time-to-time with borrowings under our revolving credit facility or use of cash on hand. As of December 31, 2011, we had available liquidity of $258.4 million, which we believe is adequate to fund our working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. We believe that we will be able to meet our

TABLE OF CONTENTS

debt service obligations and fund our short-term and long-term operating requirements for at least the next 12 months with cash flow from operations, cash on hand, and borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

Cash Flows and Working Capital

The following table shows the components of our cash flows for the periods presented (in millions):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Net cash provided by/(used in):
Operating activities	$	100.5		$	120.4		$	48.9
Investing activities		(142.7	)		(117.2	)		(86.0	)
Financing activities		26.3			(0.2	)		50.8

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated $100.5 million of cash flow from operations compared with $120.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The primary reason for this decrease was the unfavorable fluctuation in working capital items which was offset partially by higher production volumes during 2011 that increased our revenues and profitability. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we utilized $28.8 million of cash through working capital items, reflecting primarily the timing of the net effect of payments and receipts of customer funded tooling, which was $19.9 million unfavorable during 2011 and increased inventory of $10.2 million due to higher sales.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated $120.4 million of cash flow from operations compared with $48.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The primary reason for this increase resulted from higher volumes during 2010 which increased our revenues and profitability. During 2010, we generated $40.6 million of cash through working capital items, reflecting primarily favorable timing of customer funded tooling payments and receipts of $21.1 million.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash utilized in investing activities was $142.7 million during 2011 compared to net cash utilized of $117.2 million during 2010. The $25.5 million change in cash used reflects the increase in capital expenditures related primarily to the timing of program launches and capacity expansions in China and Brazil and the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of W Industries in the second quarter of 2011, offset partially by the acquisition of a manufacturing plant in Artern, Germany in the first quarter of 2010.

Net cash utilized in investing activities was $117.2 million during 2010 compared to net cash utilized of $86 million during 2009. The $31.2 million increase in cash used reflects primarily our acquisition of a manufacturing plant in Artern, Germany and spending of $13 million related to our non-automotive business.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $26.3 million during 2011 compared to net cash utilized of $0.2 million during 2010. The $26.5 million change was attributable primarily to increased borrowings to assist in the funding of operations offset partially by the retirement of $42 million of our senior secured notes in 2011 compared with $26 million in 2010 and the $5.1 million purchase of treasury stock to cover the minimum statutory withholding taxes for the RSUs that vested on July 20, 2011. See note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

Net cash utilized by financing activities was $0.2 million during 2010 compared to net cash provided of $50.8 million during 2009. The $51 million change was primarily attributable to increased borrowings in 2009 due to the downturn in the global economy to help fund our operations, as compared with the repayment of borrowings in 2010 funded primarily from the increased generation of cash from operations, the issuance of the senior secured notes in August 2010, and the net proceeds received from our IPO. These factors were offset partially by the retirement of the first lien term loan in August 2010 and the financing costs incurred to complete the transactions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Working Capital

We manage our working capital by monitoring key metrics principally associated with inventory, accounts receivable and accounts payable. We have implemented various inventory control processes which have allowed us to maintain low levels of inventory days on hand; however, our inventory levels increased from $73.2 million at December 31, 2010 to $85.1 million at December 31, 2011. The increase reflects primarily the increased volume experienced during 2011. We have continued efforts to match terms on which we pay our suppliers with the payment terms we receive from our customers in an effort to remain cash flow neutral with respect to our trade payables and receivables.

On December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had working capital balances of $(9.9) million and $(10.3) million. The negative working capital balances result because we negotiate our payment terms to our vendors to either match or exceed the payment terms that we receive from our customers on our accounts receivable and our pre-paid tooling. In addition, we actively manage our inventory balances to minimize the inventory on hand which is facilitated by our customers’ just-in-time manufacturing process. We also have a substantial portion of our short-term debt that is subject to annual renewal. Historically, we have been successful in renewing this debt as it becomes due.

Our working capital usage is seasonal in nature. During the first half of the year, production and sales typically increase substantially, which causes our working capital to increase because our accounts receivable and inventory increase. In the second half of the year, production and sales typically decline as a result of scheduled customer shutdowns, which results in lower sales. The lower production and sales generally results in a reduction of accounts receivables and inventory which decreases our working capital.

Our accounts receivable balance increased from $297.1 million as of December 31, 2010 to $328 million as of December 31, 2011. The increase reflects increased revenues during the last quarter of 2011 as compared with the last quarter of 2010. Our revenues for the fourth quarter of 2011 were $614.7 million, which represented an increase of $73.1 million over our revenues during the fourth quarter of 2010. A substantial portion of this increase occurred during the last two months of the quarter. Our November and December 2011 revenues were $404.9 million as compared with $356.5 million during November and December 2010. The percentage increase in sales approximated the percentage increase in accounts receivable.

Our accounts payable balance increased from $366.8 million as of December 31, 2010 to $395.3 million as of December 31, 2011. The change approximates the increase in our accounts receivable reflecting primarily the matching of terms with our customers and vendors as described above.

Sources and Uses of Liquidity

Our available liquidity at December 31, 2011 was $258.4 million, and consisted of $135 million of cash on hand and unutilized borrowing availability of $83.6 million and $39.8 million, respectively, under our U.S. and foreign credit facilities. A significant portion of our cash balance is located at foreign subsidiaries and our ability to efficiently access cash in certain subsidiaries and foreign jurisdictions is subject to the business needs of the operations. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had available liquidity in the amount of $285.4 million and $238.1 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, we had short-term debt of $106.5 million, of which $52.1 million related to debt in South Korea, $22.9 million related to debt in Brazil, $19.7 million related to receivable factoring in Europe, $11.5 million related to a line of credit in Europe, and $0.3 million related to indebtedness owed to the Detroit Investment Fund. The majority of our South Korean and Brazilian debt is subject to annual renewal. Historically, we have been successful in renewing this debt on an annual basis, but we cannot assure you that this debt will continue to be renewed or, if renewed, that this debt will continue to be renewed under the same terms. The receivable factoring in Europe consists of uncommitted, demand facilities which are subject to termination at the discretion of the banks, although we have not experienced any terminations by the banks at any time since the 2007 acquisition. The secured line of credit in Europe will be repaid upon receipt of certain tooling reimbursements. We believe that we will be able to continue to renew the majority of our South Korean and Brazilian debt and to continue the borrowings in Europe.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

During the fourth quarter of 2011:

•

in South Korea, we renewed $7.1 million (KRW 8.2 billion) of maturing secured indebtedness and $4.3 million (KRW 5 billion) of a maturing unsecured bond for an additional year. The terms of the new loans are substantially the same as the other portfolio loans.

•

in Brazil, two of the local banks provided us with $11.5 million (R$21.5 million) in new term loans. One of the loans is a one-year term loan and the other loan has an extended maturity date through April 2013. The terms of the new loans are substantially the same as the other portfolio loans.

•

in Europe, we obtained an $11.5 million (€8.9 million) secured line of credit, which matures in August 2012, and bears an interest rate based on the one month EURIBOR plus 4%. The installment loan is secured by mortgages on the land, certain buildings and other assets and is subject to negotiated prepayments upon the receipt of funds from completed tooling projects.

Debt

As of December 31, 2011, we had outstanding indebtedness, excluding capital lease obligations, of approximately $568.4 million, which consisted of the following:

•

$54 million indebtedness outstanding under our asset-based lending revolving credit facility;

•

$353.3 million (net of a $8.7 million discount) of indebtedness outstanding on our senior secured notes;

•

$160.3 million of foreign subsidiary indebtedness; and

•

$0.8 million of indebtedness owed to the Detroit Investment Fund.

The debt balance as of December 31, 2011 is consistent with the average month end indebtedness levels experienced during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Our asset-based revolving credit facility, which we refer to as our Amended ABL Revolver, provides for a revolving credit facility in the aggregate amount of $150 million, subject to a borrowing base limitation. Our Amended ABL Revolver provides for the issuance of letters of credit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50 million, provided that the total amount of credit (inclusive of revolving loans and letters of credit) extended under our Amended ABL Revolver is subject to an overall cap, on any date, equal to the lesser of $150 million or the amount of the borrowing base on such date. The borrowing base is based upon the value of certain of our assets, including certain of our accounts receivable, inventory and property, plant, and equipment, and thus changes from time to time depending on the value of the assets included within the borrowing base. The administrative agent for this facility causes to be performed an appraisal of the assets (other than the accounts receivable) included in the calculation of the borrowing base either on an annual basis or, if our availability under the facility is less than the greater of (i) 15% of the total commitment (which is currently $150 million) or (ii) $22.5 million during any twelve month period, as frequently as on a semi-annual basis. In addition, if certain material defaults under the facility have occurred and are continuing, the administrative agent has the right to perform any such appraisal as often as it deems necessary in its sole discretion. Our administrative agent may make adjustments to our borrowing base pursuant to these appraisals. These adjustments may negatively impact our ability to obtain revolving loans or support our letters of credit needs under our Amended ABL Revolver. Based on the value of our assets at December 31, 2011, we were entitled to borrow $137.6 million under our Amended ABL Revolver at December 31, 2011. On that date, we had $54 million of borrowings under the Amended ABL Revolver and no letters of credit outstanding. Thus, we could have borrowed an additional $83.6 million under the Amended ABL Revolver as of December 31, 2011, calculated as follows (in millions):


Revolver borrowing base	$	137.6
Borrowings on revolver		54.0
Letters of credit outstanding on revolver		—
Availability	$	83.6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Amended ABL Revolver bears interest at a base rate plus a margin or at LIBOR plus a margin. The applicable margin is determined by reference to the average availability under the Amended ABL Revolver over the preceding three months. The applicable margins as of December 31, 2011 were 2.25% and 3.25% for base rate and LIBOR based borrowings, respectively. Borrowings outstanding under our Amended ABL Revolver may vary significantly from time to time depending on our cash needs at any given time. Our Amended ABL Revolver matures in June 2016.

Our Amended ABL Revolver contains customary covenants applicable to certain of our subsidiaries, including a financial maintenance covenant ratio (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”) based on the ratio of consolidated adjusted EBITDA to consolidated fixed charges, each as defined in the agreement. If less than 12.5 percent of the total commitment is available under the facility for more than two consecutive days, we are required to maintain a consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.00 to 1.00 on a rolling four quarter basis. If we are required at any time to maintain the consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, such requirement will end if more than 12.5 percent of the total commitment is available (provided that such number cannot be less than $12.5 million) for twenty consecutive days. Our Letter of Credit Facility contains the same Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as set forth in the Amended ABL Revolver (as such covenant is only applicable under the Letter of Credit Facility Agreement to the same extent, and at the same times, that it is applicable under the Amended Revolving Credit Facility Agreement). During the fourth quarter of 2011, we were not required to maintain the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio; thus, were in compliance with our covenants. Our financial condition and liquidity would be adversely impacted by the violation of any of our covenants.

On August 24, 2010, we consummated the sale of $430 million aggregate principal amount of our 10.625% senior secured notes (the “notes”) due 2017. The indenture governing the notes contains a provision that gives each holder of notes the right, upon a change of control, to require the Issuers to purchase all or any part of such holder’s notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest. We may also redeem some or all of the notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the indenture. On December 16, 2010, we redeemed $26 million of the senior secured notes from a portion of the net proceeds of our initial public offering which resulted in a premium paid of $1.3 million. On March 30, 2011, we redeemed an additional $17 million of the senior secured notes which resulted in a premium paid of $0.9 million. On October 6, 2011 and September 30, 2011, we reduced our outstanding debt by purchasing $7.5 million and $17.5 million, respectively, of our senior secured notes in the open market and immediately retired them which resulted in a premium paid of $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

The indenture governing the notes contains customary covenants applicable to our subsidiaries and places some restrictions on Tower Automotive, LLC which became restrictions on Tower International, Inc. after the Corporate Conversion. The indenture governing the notes contains certain restrictions on, among other things, our subsidiaries’ ability to: incur debt; incur liens; declare or make distributions to us or our equity holders; repay debt; enter into mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations; engage in asset and equity sales; enter into sale and lease-back transactions; enter into restrictive agreements; and enter into transactions with affiliates. The indenture governing the notes includes customary events of default, including, but not limited to, in respect of payment defaults; breaches of covenants; bankruptcy; material judgments; failure to have perfected liens on substantially all or all the collateral securing the notes; and cross-acceleration to material indebtedness.

Our other foreign subsidiary indebtedness consists primarily of borrowings in South Korea, borrowings in Brazil, and factoring and a credit line in Europe, which are described above.

Our first lien term loan was borrowed in two tranches, a $250 million U.S. dollar denominated tranche and a €190.8 million Euro denominated tranche ($260 million at the time of the initial borrowing). Our first lien term loan carried an initial rate of interest equal to 4.00% per annum plus the applicable U.S. Dollar LIBOR or EURIBOR rate. Subsequently, the applicable margin has increased to 4.25% per annum. Our first lien term loan, scheduled to mature in July 2013, was repaid on August 24, 2010, funded principally by our offering of $430 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes. Under our first lien term loan agreement, we also had a $27.5 million letter of credit facility which was owned by funds and accounts managed by Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (an affiliate of our principal stockholder). On June 13, 2011, the first lien

TABLE OF CONTENTS

term loan agreement was terminated. In connection with the termination, a $27.5 million deposit was returned to Cerberus in their capacity as a deposit lender.

Capital and Operating Leases

We maintain capital leases mainly for a manufacturing facility and certain manufacturing equipment. We have several operating leases, including leases for office and manufacturing facilities and certain equipment, with lease terms expiring between the years 2011 and 2021. As of December 31, 2011, our total future operating lease payments amounted to $130.9 million and the present value of minimum lease payments under our capital leases amounted to $15.1 million. As of December 31, 2011, we were committed to making lease payments of not less than $21.2 million on our operating leases and not less than $3.8 million on our capital leases during 2012.

Capital Expenditures

In general, we are awarded new automotive business two to five years prior to the launch of a particular program. During the pre-launch period, we typically invest significant resources in the form of capital expenditures for the purchase and installation of the machinery and equipment necessary to manufacture the awarded products. Capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $120.4 million and $100.5 million, respectively, the increase reflecting primarily our expansion in China in 2011 and the timing of program launches. Our capital spending for 2012 is expected to be approximately $150 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Obligations

Our only off-balance sheet obligations consist of obligations under our Letter of Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2011, letters of credit outstanding were $26.1 million under such facility.

Our Letter of Credit Facility initially provided for the issuance of up to $38 million of letters of credit with a sublimit for Euro denominated letters of credit (with an option to increase the Letter of Credit Facility to $44.5 million in the future). On August 5, 2011, we amended our Letter of Credit Facility Agreement to reduce it from $38 million to $30 million. Upon a third party drawing on letters of credit issued under the Letter of Credit Facility, we will become obligated to pay to the lenders the amounts so drawn. The expiration date of the Letter of Credit Facility is June 13, 2014. Applicable fees are 8.5% on the total amount of the facility.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2011 are summarized below (in millions):


	Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligatons	Total		Less than 1 Year		2 – 3 Years		4 – 5 Years		After 5 Years
Long-term debt (including current portion):
Asset based revolving credit facility	$	54.0	$	—	$	—	$	54.0	$	—
Senior secured notes		353.3		—		—		—		353.3
Other foreign subsidiary indebtedness		161.1		106.5		50.2		1.3		3.1
Cash interest payments		249.1		53.0		88.7		80.8		26.6
Pension contributions^(a)		95.0		20.4		40.7		26.1		7.8
Expected tax payments^(b)		16.8		—		14.2		1.7		0.9
Capital and tooling purchase obligations^(c)		111.1		111.1		—		—		—
Capital lease obligations		18.3		3.8		4.0		3.2		7.3
Operating leases		127.2		21.1		33.4		30.1		42.6
Total contractual obligations at December 31, 2011	$	1,185.9	$	315.9	$	231.2	$	197.2	$	441.6

(a)

Represents expected future contributions required to fund our pension plan based on current actuarially determined assumptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(b)

Represents payments expected to be made to various governmental agencies relating to certain tax positions taken by our company pursuant to FASB ASC No. 450,Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions.

(c)

Represents obligations under executory purchase orders related to capital and tooling expenditures.

Our purchase orders for inventory are based on demand and do not require us to purchase minimum quantities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Considerable judgment is often involved in making these determinations. Critical estimates are those that require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments in the preparation of the financial statements and the accompanying notes. We evaluate these estimates and judgments on a regular basis. We believe our assumptions and estimates are reasonable and appropriate. However, the use of different assumptions could result in significantly different results and actual results could differ from those estimates. The following discussion of accounting estimates is intended to supplement the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies presented as note 3 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8. Policies that are excluded from the discussion below are deemed to be either immaterial or not critical for the periods presented in this Annual Report.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue once the criteria in FASB ASC No. 605,Revenue Recognition, have been met. These criteria are that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

We recognize revenue as our products are shipped to our customers, at which time title and risk of loss passes to the customer. We participate in certain customers’ steel resale programs. Under these programs, we purchase steel directly from a customer’s designated steel supplier for use in manufacturing products for that customer. We take delivery and title to such steel and we bear the risk of loss and obsolescence. We invoice our customers based upon annually negotiated selling prices, which inherently includes a component for steel under these resale programs. Under guidance provided in FASB ASC No. 605-45,Principal Agent Considerations, we have substantial risks and rewards of ownership and are acting as a principal. Therefore, for sales where we participate in a customer’s steel resale program, revenue is recognized on a gross basis for the entire amount of the sales, including the component for purchases under that customer’s steel resale program.

We are generally asked to provide annual price reductions by our customers. When negotiations are underway and negotiated prices are expected to be retroactive, we accrue for such amounts as a reduction of revenue as products are shipped. We record adjustments to those accruals in the period in which the pricing is finalized with the customer or if it becomes probable and estimable that pricing negotiated with customers will vary from previous assumptions.

We enter into agreements to produce products for our customers at the beginning of a given vehicle program life. Once we enter into these agreements, fulfillment of the customers’ purchasing requirements is our obligation for the entire production period of the vehicle programs, which range from three to ten years, and generally we have no provisions to terminate these contracts. Additionally, we monitor the aging of uncollected billings and adjust the accounts receivable allowance on a quarterly basis as necessary, based on our evaluation of the probability of collection. The adjustments we have made due to the write-off of uncollectible amounts have been negligible.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Restructuring Reserves

We have recognized accruals in relation to restructuring reserves, which require the use of estimates and judgment regarding risk, loss exposure and ultimate liability. Reserves for restructuring activities are estimated primarily for activities associated with the discontinuation and consolidation of certain operations of our company. Changes to these assumptions and estimates could materially affect the recorded liabilities and related loss.

Fair Value Measurements

FASB ASC No. 820 clarifies the definition of fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (an exit price). The exit price is based on the amount that the holder of the asset or liability would receive or need to pay in an actual transaction, or in a hypothetical transaction if an actual transaction does not exist, at the measurement date. In some circumstances, the entry and exit price may be the same; however, they are conceptually different.

Fair value is generally determined based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. If quoted market prices are not available, we use valuation techniques that place greater reliance on observable inputs and less reliance on unobservable inputs. In measuring fair value, we may make adjustments for risks and uncertainties, if a market participant would include such an adjustment in its pricing.

FASB ASC No. 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data, referred to as observable inputs, and our assumptions, referred to as unobservable inputs. Determining where an asset or liability falls within that hierarchy depends on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole. An adjustment to the pricing method used within either Level 1 or Level 2 inputs could generate a fair value measurement that effectively falls in a lower level in the hierarchy. The hierarchy consists of three broad levels as follows:

Level 1:

Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

Level 2:

Inputs other than Level 1 inputs that are either directly or indirectly observable; and

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs developed using our estimates and assumptions, which reflect those that market participants would use.

At December 31, 2011, the carrying value and estimated fair value of our total debt was $568.4 million and $582.9 million, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the carrying value and estimated fair value of our total debt was $539.6 million and $578.5 million, respectively. The majority of our debt at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 is traded in the market and is classified as a Level 2 measurement based on the pricing methodology and the limited trading of the security. The fair value was determined based on the quoted market values. The remainder of our debt, primarily consisting of foreign subsidiaries’ debt, is asset-backed and is classified as Level 3. As this debt carries variable rates and minimal credit risk, the book value approximates the fair value for this debt.

We have foreign exchange hedges that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The fair value of the hedges was immaterial for all periods presented. These derivative financial instruments are recorded in prepaid tooling and other, and are all classified as Level 2 measurements determined using significant other observable inputs. We engage in foreign exchange hedges to limit exposure on foreign currency related to certain intercompany payments. These foreign exchange hedges have an immaterial impact on the consolidated financial statements for the periods presented.

We did not have any assets or liabilities that were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2011.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The determination of where an asset or liability falls in the hierarchy requires significant judgment. We evaluate our hierarchy disclosures each quarter based on various factors, and it is possible that an asset or liability may be classified differently from quarter to quarter. However, we expect that changes in classifications between different levels will be rare.

Most derivative contracts are not listed on an exchange and require the use of valuation models. Consistent with FASB ASC No. 820, we attempt to maximize the use of observable market inputs in our models. When observable inputs are not available, we default to unobservable inputs.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment on at least an annual basis. In accordance with FASB ASC No. 350,Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, goodwill is reviewed for impairment utilizing a two-step process. The first step of the impairment test requires the identification of the reporting units, and comparison of the fair value of each of these reporting units to the respective carrying value. We define our reporting units as Europe, Asia, North America, and South America. The recoverability of goodwill is evaluated at the following reporting units for which goodwill exists: Europe and South America. These reporting units exist at a lower level than our reportable segments. If the carrying value is less than the fair value, no impairment exists and the second step is not performed. In the second step, the impairment is computed by comparing the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. FASB ASC No. 350 requires goodwill to be tested for impairment annually at the same time every year, and when an event occurs or circumstances change such that it is reasonably possible that impairment may exist. The annual impairment test is performed at year end.

We utilize an income approach to estimate the fair value of each of our reporting units. The income approach is based on projected debt free cash flow which is discounted to the present value using discount factors that consider the timing and risk of cash flows. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate based upon the reporting units’ expected long-term operating cash flow performance. This approach also mitigates the impact of cyclical trends that occur in the industry. Fair value is estimated using recent automotive industry and specific platform production volume projections, which are based on internally-developed forecasts, as well as commercial, wage and benefit, inflation and discount rate assumptions. Other significant assumptions include terminal value growth rates, terminal value margin rates, future capital expenditures, known restructuring actions, and changes in future working capital requirements. While there are inherent uncertainties related to the assumptions used and to management’s application of these assumptions to this analysis, we believe that the income approach provides a reasonable estimate of the fair value of our reporting units. However, our assumptions and estimates may differ significantly from actual results. We also use a second approach, which is the market multiple approach, to test the reasonableness of the income approach.

Our 2011 and 2010 annual goodwill impairment analysis, completed as of each year end, indicated that the carrying value of the Europe and South America reporting units was less than the respective fair values; thus, no impairment existed at either date. We also performed an interim goodwill impairment analysis during 2010 as we deemed our IPO to be a triggering event. The fair value of each reporting unit was substantially in excess of the carrying value for each analysis performed.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the consolidated financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe that these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. Valuation allowances have been recorded where it has been determined that it is more likely than not that we will not be able to realize the net deferred tax assets. Previously established valuation allowances

TABLE OF CONTENTS

are reversed into income when there is compelling evidence, typically three or more consecutive years of profit or other positive evidence, that the future tax profitability will be sufficient to utilize the deferred tax asset. Due to the significant judgment involved in determining whether deferred tax assets will be realized, the ultimate resolution of these items may be materially different from the previously estimated outcome.

Changes in tax laws and rates could also affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Management is not aware of any such changes that would have a material effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions across our global operations.

FASB ASC No. 740,Income Taxes, provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. FASB ASC No. 740 also provides guidance on measurement, derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

We recognize tax liabilities in accordance with FASB ASC No. 740 and adjust these liabilities when its judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined.

Pre-production Tooling

Tooling costs represent costs incurred by us in the development of new tooling used in the manufacture of our products. All pre-production tooling costs, incurred for tools that we will not own and that will be used in producing products supplied under long-term supply agreements, are expensed as incurred unless the supply agreement provides us with the non-cancelable right to use the tools or the reimbursement of such costs is contractually guaranteed by the customer. Generally, when the customer awards a contract to us, the customer agrees to reimburse us for certain of our tooling costs. If estimated costs are expected to be in excess of reimbursement, a loss is recorded in the period when the loss is estimated. If estimated costs are expected to be less than reimbursement, a gain is recognized over the life of the associated program.

Impairment and Depreciation of Long-Lived Assets

Our long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate a possible impairment. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying value of a long-lived asset group exceeds its undiscounted future cash flows generated by the asset group. The impairment is calculated as the excess of carrying value over the fair value of the asset group. Significant judgments and estimates used by management when evaluating long-lived assets for impairment cover, among other things, the following:

•

program product volumes and remaining production life for parts produced on the assets being reviewed;

•

product pricing over the remaining life of the parts, including an estimate of future customer price reductions which may be negotiated;

•

product cost information, including an assessment of the success of our cost reduction activities; and

•

assessments of future alternative applications of specific long-lived assets based on awarded programs.

In December 2010, we recorded an impairment charge of $7.3 million related to our non-automotive business. The charge taken related to the equipment specifically purchased for a contract with a solar customer that failed to materialize, less any salvage value.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, we follow our established accounting policy for estimating useful lives of long-lived assets. This policy is based upon significant judgments and estimates as well as historical experience. Actual future experience with those assets may indicate different useful lives resulting in a significant impact on depreciation expense.

Asset Retirement Obligations

FASB ASC No. 410,Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations, requires the recognition of a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the fair value can be reasonably estimated. An asset retirement obligation is a legal obligation to perform certain activities in connection with retirement, disposal or abandonment of assets. The fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation should be recognized when incurred, generally upon acquisition, construction or development and through the normal operation of the asset. Uncertainty about the timing or method of settlement of a conditional asset retirement should be factored into the measurement of the liability. The liability is measured at discounted fair value and is adjusted to its present value in subsequent periods. Our asset retirement obligations are primarily associated with renovating, upgrading, and returning leased property to the lessor in accordance with the requirements of the lease.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

The determination of the obligation and expense for pension and other postretirement benefits is dependent on the selection of certain assumptions used by actuaries in calculating such amounts. Those assumptions are described in note 10 to our consolidated financial statements and include, among others, the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, mortality rates, and expected increases in compensation and healthcare costs. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, actual results that differ from these assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore, generally affect the recognized expense and recorded obligation in such future periods. While we believe that our current assumptions are appropriate based on available information, significant differences in actual experience or significant changes in assumptions may materially affect the pension and other postretirement obligations and the future expense.

Pension and other postretirement costs are calculated based on a number of actuarial assumptions, most notably the discount rates used in the calculation of our pension benefit obligation for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, of 4.5%, 5.25% and 5.75% and the discount rates used in the calculation of our postretirement benefit obligations of 4.5%, 5.25%, and 5.75%, as of each of our December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 measurement dates, respectively. The discount rates that we use are developed based on a yield curve analysis from a third-party, which calculates the yield to maturity that mirrors the timing and amounts of future anticipated benefit payments.

The expected rate of return on pension plan assets under FASB ASC No. 715,Compensation — Retirement Benefits, of 7.4% as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, represents our expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. The rate of return assumptions selected by us reflect our estimate of the average rate of earnings expected on the funds invested or to be invested in order to provide for future participant benefits to be paid out over time. As part of this estimate, we review the existing allocation of invested assets against expectations about future performance of similar asset allocations. Future expectations were obtained from readily available public sources. Expected future returns were adjusted for expectations regarding future investment and other expenses.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Based on our assumptions as of December 31, 2011 (the measurement date), a change in the discount rate or the expected rate of long-term return on pension plan assets assumptions, holding all other assumptions constant, would have the following effect on our pension costs and obligations on an annual basis:


	Impact on Net Periodic Benefit Cost
	Increase			Decrease
.25% change in discount rate	$	(18,650	)	$	14,120
.25% change in expected long-term rate of return		(420,078	)		420,078


	Impact on Obligation
	Increase			Decrease
.25% change in discount rate	$	(7,228,492	)	$	7,575,369

FASB ASC No. 715 and the policies we have used, most notably the use of a calculated value of plan assets for pensions as described above, generally reduce the volatility of pension expense that would otherwise result from changes in the value of the pension plan assets and pension liability discount rates. Our pension benefits relate to our plan in the United States.

Our 2012 pension expense is estimated to be approximately $3.5 million and we expect to contribute approximately $20.4 million to our pension plans in 2012.

Our 2012 other post-employment benefit expense is estimated to be approximately $0.7 million and benefit payments are expected to be $0.8 million in 2012. As of July 31, 2007, future benefit payments on our other postretirement benefit plans were capped at specified amounts and as of December 31, 2011 all such payments have been made. See note 10 to our consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information regarding recent accounting pronouncements, see note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. We are exposed to market risk in the normal course of our business operations due to our purchases of steel, our sales of scrap steel, our ongoing investing and financing activities and our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates. We have established policies and procedures to govern our management of market risks.

Commodity Pricing Risk

Steel is the primary raw material that we use. We purchase a portion of our steel from certain of our customers through various OEM resale programs. The purchases through customer resale programs have buffered the impact of price swings associated with the procurement of steel. The remainder of our steel purchasing requirements are met through contracts with steel mills. At times, we may be unable to either avoid increases in steel prices or pass through any price increases to our customers. We refer to the “net steel impact” as the combination of the change in steel prices that are reflected in product pricing, the change in the cost to procure steel from the mill, and the change in our recovery of scrap steel, which we refer to as offal. Our strategy is to be economically indifferent to steel pricing by having these factors offset each other. While we strive to achieve a neutral net steel impact, we are not always successful in achieving that goal, in large part due to timing differences. Depending upon when a steel price change or offal price change occurs, that change may have a disproportionate effect, within any particular fiscal period, on our product pricing, our steel costs and the results of our sales of scrap steel. Net imbalances in any one particular fiscal period may be reversed in a subsequent fiscal period, although we cannot assure you that, or when, these reversals will occur.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interest Rate Risk

At December 31, 2011, we had total debt of $568.4 million (net of a $8.7 million discount), consisting of fixed rate debt of $414 million (73%) and floating rate debt of $154.4 million (27%). Our floating rate debt is primarily held by our international subsidiaries. Assuming no changes in the monthly average variable-rate debt levels of $161.2 million and $118.3 million, excluding the retired first lien term loan, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, we estimate that a hypothetical change of 100 basis points in the LIBOR and alternate base rate interest rates would have impacted interest expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 by $1.6 million and $1.2 million, respectively. A 100 basis point increase in interest rates would not materially impact the fair value of our fixed rate debt.

Foreign Exchange Risk

A significant portion of our revenues is derived from manufacturing operations in Europe, Asia and South America. The results of operations and financial condition of our non-United States businesses are principally measured in their respective local currency and translated into U.S. dollars. The effects on us of foreign currency fluctuations in Europe, Asia and South America are mitigated by the fact that expenses are generally incurred in the same currency in which revenues are generated, since we strive to manufacture our products in close proximity to our customers. Nevertheless, the reported income of our foreign subsidiaries will be higher or lower depending on a weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the respective foreign currencies.

Assets located in our foreign facilities are translated into U.S. dollars at foreign currency exchange rates in effect as of the end of each reporting period. The effect of such translations is reflected as a separate component of consolidated stockholders’ equity. As a result, our consolidated stockholders’ equity will fluctuate depending upon the weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the respective foreign currencies.

Our strategy for managing currency risk relies primarily upon conducting business in a foreign country in that country’s currency. We may, from time to time, also participate in hedging programs intended to reduce our exposure to currency fluctuations. We believe that the effect of a 100 basis point movement in foreign currency rates against the U.S. dollar would not have materially affected our results of operations or cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. However, we believe that the effect of a 100 basis point movement in the Euro to the U.S. dollar has the potential to materially affect our stockholders’ equity whereas we do not believe a 100 basis point movement in other foreign currencies would have a material impact. As of December 31, 2011, we estimated that a hypothetical change of 100 basis points in the Euro to the U.S. dollar exchange rate would have impacted stockholders’ equity by approximately $2.9 million.

Inflation

Despite recent declines, we have experienced a continued rise in inflationary pressures impacting certain commodities, such as petroleum-based products, resins, yarns, ferrous metals, base metals and certain chemicals. Additionally, because we purchase various types of equipment, raw materials and component parts from our suppliers, we may be adversely affected by their inability to adequately mitigate inflationary, industry, or economic pressures. These pressures have proven to be insurmountable to some of our suppliers and we have seen the number of bankruptcies and insolvencies in our industry increase. The overall condition of our supply base may possibly lead to delivery delays, production issues or delivery of non-conforming products by our suppliers in the future. As such, we continue to monitor our vendor base for the best sources of supply and work with those vendors and customers to attempt to mitigate the impact of the pressures mentioned above.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


	Form 10-K Page
Audited Financial Statements for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2011:
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		58
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010		60
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009		61
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009		62
Consolidated Statements of Equity/(Deficit), Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), and Redeemable Preferred Units for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009		64
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		65
Supplementary Data
Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) — See note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Tower International, Inc.
Livonia, MI

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tower International, Inc. (previously Tower Automotive, LLC) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, equity/(deficit), other comprehensive income/(loss), and redeemable preferred units, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Tower International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 8, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche

Detroit, MI
March 8, 2012

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Tower International, Inc.
Livonia, MI

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Tower International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 of the Company and our report dated March 8, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche

Detroit, MI
March 8, 2012

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in thousands)


	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	134,984		$	150,345
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $3,612 and $1,674		327,992			297,086
Inventories (Note 3)		85,100			73,189
Deferred tax assets – current		12,966			12,406
Assets held for sale (Note 5)		4,027			8,178
Prepaid tooling and other		56,189			57,754
Total current assets		621,258			598,958
Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 3)		667,686			627,497
Goodwill (Note 3)		63,983			66,309
Deferred tax assets – non-current		14,450			17,377
Other assets, net		30,001			30,035
Total assets	$	1,397,378		$	1,340,176
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Short-term debt and current maturities of capital lease obligations (Note 6)	$	109,447		$	109,848
Accounts payable		395,287			366,761
Accrued liabilities		126,416			132,614
Total current liabilities		631,150			609,223
Long-term debt, net of current maturities (Note 6)		461,838			432,726
Obligations under capital leases, net of current maturities (Note 6)		12,213			15,604
Deferred tax liabilities – non-current		11,229			12,710
Pension liability (Note 10)		96,223			76,403
Other non-current liabilities		87,265			81,884
Total non-current liabilities		668,768			619,327
Total liabilities		1,299,918			1,228,550
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)
Stockholders’ equity:
Tower International, Inc.’s stockholders’ equity
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 350,000,000 authorized, 19,983,403 issued and 19,683,032 outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 19,101,588 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 (Note 13)		200			191
Additional paid in capital		311,427			296,262
Treasury stock, at cost, 300,371 shares as of December 31, 2011		(5,130	)		—
Accumulated deficit		(184,492	)		(192,556	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 3)		(82,002	)		(36,530	)
Total Tower International, Inc.’s stockholders’ equity		40,003			67,367
Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries		57,457			44,259
Total stockholders’ equity		97,460			111,626
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	1,397,378		$	1,340,176

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)


	Year Ended December 31, 2011		Year Ended December 31, 2010			Year Ended December 31, 2009
Revenues	$	2,406,089	$	1,997,058		$	1,634,405
Cost of sales		2,149,977		1,786,476			1,536,752
Gross profit		256,112		210,582			97,653
Selling, general and administrative expenses (Note 8)		158,392		143,975			118,331
Amortization expense		4,589		3,265			2,784
Restructuring and related asset impairment charges, net (Note 4)		2,660		14,288			13,436
Operating income/(loss)		90,471		49,054			(36,898	)
Interest expense, net		62,133		66,872			57,881
Interest income		978		962			982
Other expense/(income), net (Note 6)		1,331		1,300			(33,661	)
Income/(loss) before provision for income taxes		27,985		(18,156	)		(60,136	)
Provision/(benefit) for income taxes (Note 9)		14,812		10,297			(1,104	)
Net income / (loss)		13,173		(28,453	)		(59,032	)
Less: Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interests		5,109		8,441			8,904
Net income/(loss) attributable to Tower International, Inc.	$	8,064	$	(36,894	)	$	(67,936	)
Less: Preferred unit dividends	$	—	$	(10,707	)	$	(16,087	)
Income/(loss) available to common shareholders	$	8,064	$	(47,601	)	$	(84,023	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic		19,364,433		13,865,509			12,467,866
Diluted		20,069,532		13,865,509			12,467,866
Net income/(loss) per share attributable to Tower International, Inc. (Note 13):
Basic	$	0.42	$	(3.43	)	$	(6.74	)
Diluted		0.40		(3.43	)		(6.74	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)


	Year Ended December 31, 2011			Year Ended December 31, 2010			Year Ended December 31, 2009
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income/(loss)	$	13,173		$	(28,453	)	$	(59,032	)
Adjustments required to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Non-cash restructuring and asset impairment charges		—			9,999			1,787
Deferred income tax provision		(725	)		(13,851	)		(13,053	)
Depreciation and amortization		114,578			114,668			147,705
Gain from debt repurchase/letter of credit reduction		—			—			(33,661	)
Non-cash share-based compensation		15,174			3,047			—
Pension expense, net of contributions		(12,992	)		(5,619	)		(2,102	)
Change in working capital and other operating items		(28,750	)		40,568			7,231
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	100,458		$	120,359		$	48,875
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Cash disbursed for purchases of property, plant and equipment, net	$	(120,409	)	$	(100,495	)	$	(85,995	)
Net assets acquired, net of cash acquired		(22,300	)		(16,687	)		—
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(142,709	)	$	(117,182	)	$	(85,995	)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from letter of credit reduction	$	—		$	—		$	13,250
Repayments of term debt		—			(3,484	)		(16,381	)
Repayment of first lien term loan		—			(414,172	)		—
Issuance of senior secured notes		—			417,203			—
Retirement of senior secured notes		(42,008	)		(26,000	)		—
Noncontrolling interest dividends		—			(5,257	)		(4,866	)
Preferred units dividends		—			(95	)		(388	)
Proceeds from borrowings		682,204			418,237			436,172
Repayments of borrowings		(608,767	)		(452,286	)		(375,501	)
Purchase of treasury stock		(5,130	)		—			—
Financing costs		—			(8,356	)		(1,488	)
Net proceeds from initial public offering		—			74,021			—
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities	$	26,299		$	(189	)	$	50,798
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	$	591		$	(2,445	)	$	9,304
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS	$	(15,361	)	$	543		$	22,982
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
Beginning of period	$	150,345		$	149,802		$	126,820
End of period	$	134,984		$	150,345		$	149,802
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized	$	64,868		$	43,437		$	52,429
Income taxes paid		15,278			14,384			14,950
Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities:
Capital expenditures in liabilities for purchases of property, plant and equipment	$	36,415		$	26,709		$	24,396
Contribution of Joint Venture		5,946			—			—
Cumulative preferred stock units accrued		—			10,612			15,699
Contribution of indebtedness		—			25,000			—
Conversion of preferred units to common shares		—			181,527			—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY/(DEFICIT),*
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS), AND REDEEMABLE PREFERRED UNITS
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)


	Common Stock Units/ Shares		Amount		Additional Paid-in Capital		Treasury Stock		Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total Stockholders’ Equity/(Deficit)* Attributable to Tower International, Inc.			Noncontrolling Interest Amount			Total Equity (Deficit)*			Redeemable Preferred Units
	Common Stock Units/ Shares		Amount		Additional Paid-in Capital		Treasury Stock		Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)						Noncontrolling Interest Amount			Total Equity (Deficit)*			Units		Amount
Balance at January 1, 2009		8,500	$	12,289	$	—	$	—	$	(60,932	)	$	(75,427	)	$	(124,070	)	$	35,545		$	(88,525	)		10,000	$	155,216
Net loss		—		—		—		—		(67,936	)		—			(67,936	)		8,904			(59,032	)		—		—
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustment (net of tax of $0)		—		—		—		—		—			12,470			12,470			(19	)		12,451			—		—
Defined benefit plans, net (net of tax of $2.9 million)		—		—		—		—		—			4,565			4,565			—			4,565			—		—
Unrealized gain on qualifying cash flow hedge (net of tax of $2 million)		—		—		—		—		—			4,029			4,029			—			4,029			—		—
Total comprehensive income/ (loss)		—		—		—		—		—			—			(46,872	)		8,885			(37,987	)		—		—
Preferred unit dividends paid		—		—		—		—		(388	)		—			(388	)		—			(388	)		—		—
Cumulative preferred stock units accrued		—		—		—		—		(15,699	)		—			(15,699	)		—			(15,699	)		—		15,699
Noncontrolling interest dividends		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			(4,866	)		(4,866	)		—		—
Unit-based compensation expense		—		306		—		—		—			—			306			—			306			—		—
Balance at December 31, 2009		8,500	$	12,595	$	—	$	—	$	(144,955	)	$	(54,363	)	$	(186,723	)	$	39,564		$	(147,159	)		10,000	$	170,915
Net loss		—		—		—		—		(36,894	)		—			(36,894	)		8,441			(28,453	)		—		—
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustment (net of tax of $0)		—		—		—		—		—			8,597			8,597			1,511			10,108			—		—
Defined benefit plans, net (net of tax of $0 million)		—		—		—		—		—			(3,060	)		(3,060	)		—			(3,060	)		—		—
Settlement of interest rate swap (net of tax of $2 million)													12,551			12,551			—			12,551
Unrealized loss on qualifying cash flow hedge (net of tax of $0.1 million)		—		—		—		—		—			(255	)		(255	)		—			(255	)		—		—
Total comprehensive income/ (loss)		—		—		—		—		—			—			(19,061	)		9,952			(9,109	)		—		—
Preferred unit dividends paid		—		—		—		—		(95	)		—			(95	)		—			(95	)		—		—
Cumulative preferred stock units accrued		—		—		—		—		(10,612	)		—			(10,612	)		—			(10,612	)		—		10,612

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY/(DEFICIT),*
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME / (LOSS), AND REDEEMABLE PREFERRED UNITS – (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)


	Common Stock Units/ Shares			Amount			Additional Paid-in Capital			Treasury Stock			Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total Stockholders’ Equity/(Deficit)* Attributable to Tower International, Inc.			Noncontrolling Interest Amount			Total Equity (Deficit)*			Redeemable Preferred Units
	Common Stock Units/ Shares			Amount			Additional Paid-in Capital			Treasury Stock			Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)						Noncontrolling Interest Amount			Total Equity (Deficit)*			Units			Amount
Unit conversion – transfer of common and preferred units to capital units		(8,500	)		(12,858	)		12,858			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Unit conversion – transfer of common and preferred units to capital units		10,000			—			181,527			—			—			—			181,527			—			181,527			(10,000	)		(181,527	)
Contribution of indebtedness		—			—			25,000			—			—			—			25,000			—			25,000			—			—
Corporate conversion – capital units to common shares		(10,000	)		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Corporate conversion – capital units to common shares		12,467,866			125			(125	)		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Initial public offering		6,633,722			66			73,955			—			—			—			74,021			—			74,021			—			—
Share-based compensation expense		—			—			3,047			—			—			—			3,047			—			3,047			—			—
Noncontrolling interest dividends		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			(5,257	)		(5,257	)		—			—
Unit-based compensation expense		—			263			—			—			—			—			263			—			263			—			—
Balance at December 31, 2010		19,101,588		$	191		$	296,262		$	—		$	(192,556	)	$	(36,530	)	$	67,367		$	44,259		$	111,626			—		$	—
Net income/(loss)		—			—			—			—			8,064			—			8,064			5,109			13,173			—			—
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustment (net of tax of $0)		—			—			—			—			—			(12,095	)		(12,095	)		2,143			(9,952	)		—			—
Defined benefit plans, net (net of tax of $0 million)		—			—			—			—			—			(33,644	)		(33,644	)		—			(33,644	)		—			—
Unrealized gain on qualifying cash flow hedge (net of tax of $0 million)		—			—			—			—			—			267			267			—			267			—			—
Total comprehensive income/(loss)		—			—			—			—			—			—			(37,408	)		7,252			(30,156	)		—			—
Vesting of RSUs		881,815			9			(9	)		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Treasury stock		(300,371	)		—			—			(5,130	)		—			—			(5,130	)		—			(5,130	)		—			—
Share-based compensation expense		—			—			15,174			—			—			—			15,174			—			15,174			—			—
Formation of Xiangtan		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			5,946			5,946			—			—
Balance at December 31, 2011		19,683,032		$	200		$	311,427		$	(5,130	)	$	(184,492	)	$	(82,002	)	$	40,003		$	57,457		$	97,460			—		$	—

Prior to October 14, 2010 refers to members’ equity as the Company was not a public company

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Nature of Business

Tower International, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company” or “Tower International”) is a leading integrated global manufacturer of engineered structural metal components and assemblies primarily serving automotive original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, including Ford, Volkswagen Group, Hyundai/Kia, Fiat, Chrysler, Volvo, Nissan, Daimler, BMW, Toyota, PSA, Chery, and Honda. Products include body-structure stampings, frame and other chassis structures, as well as complex welded assemblies, for small and large cars, crossovers, pickups sport utility vehicles, or SUVs. Including both wholly owned subsidiaries and majority owned subsidiaries, the Company has strategically located production facilities in the United States, Belgium, Germany, Italy, Slovakia, Poland, Brazil, South Korea, and China, supported by engineering and sales locations in the United States, Germany, Italy, Brazil, South Korea, Japan, China, and India.

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Organizational History

On October 14, 2010, in connection with its initial public offering (the “IPO”), Tower Automotive, LLC was converted to a Delaware corporation named Tower International, Inc. (the “Corporate Conversion”). Upon the Corporate Conversion, all of the equity interests in Tower Automotive, LLC were converted into common stock of Tower International, Inc. (see note 11 for further discussion). The Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards because Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”), through the Company’s controlling stockholder, controls a majority of the Company’s outstanding common stock.

On October 15, 2010, the Company’s common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange pursuant to the Company’s IPO. On October 20, 2010, the Company received $75.6 million of proceeds, after underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with the sale of 6,250,000 shares of common stock in the IPO. On November 8, 2010, the Company sold an additional 383,722 shares of common stock resulting in additional proceeds of $4.6 million, after underwriting discounts and commissions, pursuant to a partial exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

All references to the Company in this Annual Report for periods prior to the effective time of our Corporate Conversion are to Tower Automotive, LLC and its subsidiaries. All references to our company in this Annual Report for periods subsequent to the effective time of our Corporate Conversion are to Tower International, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Goodwill Impairment

On September 15, 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08, which amends the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) No. 350,Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, on testing goodwill for impairment. The ASU permits entities testing goodwill for impairment to have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit (i.e., step 1 of the goodwill impairment test). If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not less than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test would be required. The ASU does not change how goodwill is calculated or assigned to reporting units, nor does it revise the requirement to test goodwill annually for impairment. In addition, the ASU does not amend the requirement to test goodwill for impairment between annual tests if events or circumstances warrant; however, it does revise the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this ASU on September 30, 2011, but did not perform a qualitative assessment before performing step 1; therefore, the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Organizational History – (continued)

FASB ASU 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements”

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06 which amended ASC No. 820-10,Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures-Overall. ASU 2010-06 requires new disclosures regarding transfers in and out of assets and liabilities measured at fair value classified within the valuation hierarchy as either Level 1 or Level 2 and information about sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis for assets and liabilities classified as Level 3. ASU 2010-06 clarifies existing disclosures on the level of disaggregation required and inputs and valuation techniques. The provisions of ASU 2010-06 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2010, except for disclosure of information about sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis for assets and liabilities classified as Level 3, which was effective for the Company on January 1, 2011. The provisions of ASU 2010-06 impact disclosures only and the Company has disclosed information in accordance with the revised provisions of ASU 2010-06 within this report.

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies

Financial Statement Presentation

a. Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all subsidiaries over which the Company exercises control. The Company’s share of earnings or losses of nonconsolidated affiliates are included in the consolidated operating results using the equity method of accounting when the Company is able to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial decisions of the affiliates. The Company did not have any nonconsolidated affiliates during the periods presented in this report. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

b. Cash and Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. Substantially all of the Company’s cash is concentrated in a few financial institutions.

c. Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful receivables for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its trade customers to make required payments. The Company provides an allowance for specific customer accounts where collection is doubtful and also provides an allowance for customer deductions based on historical collection and write-off experience. Additional allowances could be required if the financial condition of the Company’s customers deteriorated. Bad debt expense is not material for any period presented.

d. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. In addition, the Company uses a valuation account for inventory obsolescence, which has not been material for any period presented. Maintenance, repair and non-productive inventory, which are considered consumables, are expensed when acquired in cost of sales. Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):


	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Raw materials	$	37,401	$	29,762
Work in process		23,372		19,335
Finished goods		24,327		24,092
Total inventory	$	85,100	$	73,189

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

e. Tooling

Tooling represents costs incurred by the Company in the development of new tooling used in the manufacture of the Company’s products. All pre-production tooling costs, incurred for tools that the Company will not own and that will be used in producing products supplied under long-term supply agreements, are expensed as incurred unless the supply agreement provides the Company with the non-cancelable right to use the tools or the reimbursement of such costs is contractually guaranteed by the customer. Generally, the customer agrees to reimburse the Company for certain of its tooling costs at the time the customer awards a contract to the Company.

When the part for which tooling has been developed reaches a production-ready status, the Company is reimbursed by its customer for the cost of the tooling at which time the tooling becomes the property of the customer. The Company has certain other tooling costs, which are capitalized and amortized over the life of the related product program, related to tools which the Company has the contractual right to use during the life of the supply arrangement. Customer-owned tooling is included in prepaid tooling and other and company-owned tooling is included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The components of capitalized tooling costs are as follows (in thousands):


	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Customer-owned tooling, net	$	20,212	$	38,683
Company-owned tooling		1,595		3,828
Total tooling, net	$	21,807	$	42,511

Any gain recognized, which is defined as the excess of reimbursement over cost, is amortized over the life of the program. If estimated costs are expected to be in excess of reimbursement, a loss is recorded in the period when the loss is estimated.

f. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense was $110 million, $111.4 million, and $144.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives of assets as follows:


Buildings and improvements			32 to 40 years
Machinery and equipment			3 to 20 years

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of 10 years or the remaining lease term at the date of acquisition of the leasehold improvement.

Interest is capitalized during the preparation of facilities for product programs and is amortized over the estimated lives of the programs. Interest of $1.6 million, $1.9 million and $0.9 million was capitalized in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Costs of maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred in cost of sales. Spare parts are considered capital in nature when purchased during the initial investment of a fixed asset. Amounts relating to significant improvements, which extend the useful life or utility of the related asset, are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining life of the asset. Upon disposal or retirement of property, plant and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the respective accounts and the resulting gain or loss is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):


	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010
Cost:
Land	$	62,579		$	61,885
Buildings and improvements		221,174			209,696
Machinery and equipment		826,752			765,670
Construction in progress		122,426			91,705
Property, plant, and equipment, gross		1,232,931			1,128,956
Less: accumulated depreciation		(565,245	)		(501,459	)
Property, plant, and equipment, net	$	667,686		$	627,497

g. Asset Retirement Obligations

FASB ASC No. 410,Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations, requires the recognition of a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the fair value can be reasonably estimated. An asset retirement obligation is a legal obligation to perform certain activities in connection with retirement, disposal or abandonment of assets. The fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation should be recognized when incurred, generally upon acquisition, construction or development and through the normal operation of the asset. Uncertainty about the timing or method of settlement of a conditional asset retirement should be factored into the measurement of the liability. The liability is measured at discounted fair value and is adjusted to its present value in subsequent periods. The Company’s asset retirement obligations are primarily associated with renovating, upgrading, and returning leased property to the lessor in accordance with the requirements of the lease.

Asset retirement obligations are included in other non-current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The following table reconciles our asset retirement obligations as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):


	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010
Asset retirement obligation as of January 1	$	11,865		$	12,906
Accretion expense		1,018			1,104
Liabilities settled		(126	)		(2,145	)
Change in estimate		(489	)		—
Asset retirement obligation as of December 31	$	12,268		$	11,865

h. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company monitors its long-lived assets for impairment indicators on an ongoing basis in accordance with FASB ASC No. 360,Property, Plant, and Equipment. If impairment indicators exist, the Company performs the required analysis and records impairment charges. In conducting its analysis, the Company compares the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the long-lived assets to the related net book values. If the undiscounted cash flows exceed the net book value, the long-lived assets are considered not to be impaired. If the net book value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is measured and recognized. An impairment loss is measured as the difference between the net book value and the fair value of the long-lived assets. Fair value is estimated based upon discounted cash flow analyses. Cash flows are estimated using internal budgets based on recent sales data and independent automotive production volume estimates and customer commitments. Changes in economic or operating conditions impacting these estimates and assumptions could result in the impairment of long-lived assets. Refer to note 4 for discussion of impairment charges for the periods presented.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

Long-lived assets held for sale are recorded at the lower of their carrying amount or estimated fair value less cost to sell.

i. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment on at least an annual basis. In accordance with FASB ASC No. 350,Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, goodwill is reviewed for impairment utilizing a two-step process. The first step of the impairment test requires the identification of the reporting units, and comparison of the fair value of each of these reporting units to the respective carrying value. The Company defines its reporting units as Europe, Asia, North America, and South America. The recoverability of goodwill is evaluated at the following reporting units for which goodwill exists: Europe and South America. These reporting units exist at a lower level than our reportable segments. If the carrying value is less than the fair value, no impairment exists and the second step is not performed. In the second step, the impairment is computed by comparing the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. FASB ASC No. 350 requires goodwill to be tested for impairment annually at the same time every year, and when an event occurs or circumstances change such that it is reasonably possible that impairment may exist. The annual impairment test is performed at year end.

The Company utilizes an income approach to estimate the fair value of each of its reporting units. The income approach is based on projected debt free cash flow which is discounted to the present value using discount factors that consider the timing and risk of cash flows. The Company believes that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate based upon the reporting units’ expected long-term operating cash flow performance. This approach also mitigates the impact of cyclical trends that occur in the industry. Fair value is estimated using recent automotive industry and specific platform production volume projections, which are based on internally-developed forecasts, as well as commercial, wage and benefit, inflation and discount rate assumptions. Other significant assumptions include terminal value growth rates, terminal value margin rates, future capital expenditures, known restructuring actions, and changes in future working capital requirements. While there are inherent uncertainties related to the assumptions used and to management’s application of these assumptions to this analysis, the Company believes that the income approach provides a reasonable estimate of the fair value of its reporting units. However, the Company’s assumptions and estimates may differ significantly from actual results. The Company also uses a second approach, which is the market multiple approach, to test the reasonableness of the income approach.

The Company’s 2011 and 2010 annual goodwill impairment analysis, completed as of each year end, indicated that the carrying value of the Europe and South America reporting units was less than the respective fair values; thus, no impairment existed at either date. The Company also performed an interim goodwill impairment analysis during 2010 as the Company deemed its IPO to be a triggering event.

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill is set forth below on a segment and consolidated basis (in thousands):


	International			Americas			Consolidated
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	67,079		$	3,486		$	70,565
Currency translation adjustment		(4,433	)		177			(4,256	)
Balance at December 31, 2010		62,646			3,663			66,309
Currency translation adjustment		(1,921	)		(405	)		(2,326	)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	60,725		$	3,258		$	63,983

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

The Company has certain intangible assets that are related to customer relationships in Europe and Brazil. During the second quarter of 2011, the Company recorded a new intangible asset in North America for a covenant not to compete agreement related to the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of W Industries (see note 17). These intangible assets have definite lives and are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the recognition of related revenue, over the estimated lives of the related assets. The intangible assets are recorded in other assets. The Company anticipates amortization expense of $4.7 million, $2.8 million, and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, respectively, at which time no further amortization expense will be incurred. The Company has incurred amortization expense of $4.6 million, $3.3 million, and $2.8 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The following table presents information about the intangible assets of the Company at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively (in thousands):


			As of December 31, 2011				As of December 31, 2010
	Weighted Average Life		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Amortized intangible:
Europe		6 years	$	15,939	$	10,236	$	16,011	$	7,504
Brazil		7 years		5,677		3,634		5,935		2,749
North America		2 years		2,271		973		—		—
Total			$	23,887	$	14,843	$	21,946	$	10,253

j. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is generally determined based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. If quoted market prices are not available, the Company uses valuation techniques that place greater reliance on observable inputs and less reliance on unobservable inputs. In measuring fair value, the Company may make adjustments for risks and uncertainties, if a market participant would include such an adjustment in its pricing.

FASB ASC No. 820, Fair Value Measurements, establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data, referred to as observable inputs, and the Company’s assumptions, referred to as unobservable inputs. Determining where an asset or liability falls within that hierarchy depends on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole. An adjustment to the pricing method used within either Level 1 or Level 2 inputs could generate a fair value measurement that effectively falls in a lower level in the hierarchy. The hierarchy consists of three broad levels as follows:

Level 1:

Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

Level 2:

Inputs other than Level 1 inputs that are either directly or indirectly observable; and

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs developed using our estimates and assumptions, which reflect those that market participants would use.

At December 31, 2011, the carrying value and estimated fair value of the Company’s total debt was $568.4 million and $582.9 million, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the carrying value and estimated fair value of the Company’s total debt was $539.6 million and $578.5 million, respectively. The majority of the Company’s debt at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 is traded in the market and is classified as a Level 2 measurement based on the pricing methodology and the limited trading of the securities. The fair value was determined based on the quoted market values. The remainder of the Company’s debt, primarily consisting of foreign subsidiaries’ debt, is asset-backed and is classified as Level 3. As this debt carries variable rates and minimal credit risk, the book value approximates the fair value for this debt.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

The Company is party to certain derivative financial instruments, which are all classified as Level 2 measurements determined using significant other observable inputs. The Company also has certain assets that have been classified as held for sale. The fair value of the long-lived assets held for sale was determined using third-party appraisals. The third-party appraisals use current market conditions adjusted for asset specific characteristics to determine the fair market value; therefore, are classified as Level 3.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accruals approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

The Company did not have any assets or liabilities that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2011.

The following table provides each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2010 (in millions):


	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets		Significant other observable inputs		Significant unobservable inputs		Total Gains/ (losses)
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total Gains/ (losses)
Long-lived assets held for sale		Not applicable		Not applicable	$	4.0	$	(2.7	)
Asset impairments		Not applicable		Not applicable	$	0.7	$	(7.3	)

In accordance with FASB ASC No. 360,Property, Plant, & Equipment, long-lived assets held for sale with a carrying amount of $6.7 million were written down to their fair value of $4.3 million, less cost to sell of $0.3 million (or $4 million), resulting in a loss of $2.7 million, which was included in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2010.

In accordance with FASB ASC No. 360, equipment specifically purchased for a contract with a solar customer that failed to materialize with a carrying amount of $8 million was written down to the fair value of $0.7 million, resulting in a loss of $7.3 million, which was included in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2010.

k. Derivative Financial Instruments

Periodically, the Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage the risk that changes in interest rates will have on the amount of future interest payments. Interest rate swap contracts are used to adjust the proportion of total debt that is subject to variable and fixed interest rates. The Company is not a party to leveraged derivatives and does not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Under FASB ASC No. 815,Derivatives and Hedging, all derivatives are recorded at fair value and the changes in fair value are immediately included in earnings if the derivatives do not qualify as effective cash flow hedges. If a derivative is a fair value hedge, then changes in the fair value of the derivative are offset against the changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged item. If a derivative is a cash flow hedge, then changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income until the underlying hedged item is recognized in earnings.

The Company formally documents hedge relationships, including the identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as the risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. Effective hedges are recorded at fair value in other long-term liabilities or other long-term assets with a corresponding offset to accumulated other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. This process includes linking derivatives that are designated as hedges of specific assets, liabilities, firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Company also formally assesses, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether a derivative used in a hedging transaction is highly effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. The Company will discontinue hedge accounting when it is determined that a derivative ceases to be an effective hedge. As of December 31, 2009, an accumulated loss of $12.6 million was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income relating to the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

Company’s two cash flow hedges which were considered effective. The hedges were terminated in August 2010 in connection with the retirement of the first lien term loan. By termination, the amounts that had been recorded in accumulated other comprehensive were expensed through interest expense and income tax expense as appropriate. Refer to note 7 for further discussion.

l. Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue once the criteria in FASB ASC No. 605,Revenue Recognition, have been met. These criteria are that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the Company’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

The Company recognizes revenue as its products are shipped to its customers at which time title and risk of loss pass to the customer. The Company participates in certain customers’ steel repurchase programs. Under these programs, the Company purchases steel directly from a customer’s designated steel supplier for use in manufacturing products. The Company takes delivery and title to such steel and bears the risk of loss and obsolescence. The Company invoices its customers based upon annually negotiated selling prices, which inherently include a component for steel under such repurchase programs. Under guidance provided in FASB ASC No. 605-45,Principal Agent Considerations, the Company has substantial risks and rewards of ownership and is acting as a principal. Therefore, for sales where the Company participates in a customer’s steel resale program, revenue is recognized on a gross basis for the entire amount of the sales, including the component for purchases under that customer’s steel resale program.

The Company enters into agreements to produce products for its customers at the beginning of a given vehicle program life. Once such agreements are entered into by the Company, fulfillment of the customers’ purchasing requirements is the obligation of the Company for the entire production period of the vehicle programs, which range from three to ten years, and generally the Company has no provisions to terminate such contracts. Additionally, the Company tracks the aging of uncollected billings and adjusts its accounts receivable allowance on a quarterly basis as necessary based on its evaluation of the probability of collection. The adjustments the Company has made due to the write-off of uncollectible amounts have been negligible.

m. Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the consolidated financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent it believes that these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. Valuation allowances have been recorded where it has been determined that it is more likely than not the Company will not be able to realize the net deferred tax assets. Previously established valuation allowances are reversed into income when there is compelling evidence, typically three or more consecutive years of cumulative profit or other positive evidence, that the future tax profitability will be sufficient to utilize the deferred tax asset. Due to the significant judgment involved in determining whether deferred tax assets will be realized, the ultimate resolution of these items may be materially different from the previously estimated outcome.

Changes in tax laws and rates could also affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Management is not aware of any such changes that would have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

The calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions across the Company’s global operations.

FASB ASC No. 740, provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. FASB ASC No. 740 also provides guidance on measurement, derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

The Company recognizes tax liabilities in accordance with FASB ASC No. 740 and adjusts these liabilities when its judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from the Company’s current estimate of the tax liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined.

n. Segment Reporting

The Company determines its reportable segments based on the guidance in FASB ASC No. 280,Segment Reporting. The Company defines its operating segments as components of its business where separate financial information is available and is routinely evaluated by management. Management reviews financial information based on four operating segments: Europe, Asia, North America, and South America. The Company aggregates the four operating segments into two reportable segments consistent with the aggregation criteria in FASB ASC No. 280 as the Company’s operations have similar economic characteristics, and share fundamental characteristics including the nature of the products, production processes, customers, margins, and distribution channels. The Company’s two reportable segments are the Americas, consisting of North and South America, and International, consisting of Europe and Asia. See note 16 for further discussion.

o. Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign operations is the local currency in which they operate. Assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars using the applicable period end rates of exchange. Results of operations are translated at applicable average rates prevailing throughout the period. Translation gains or losses are reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Equity/(Deficit), Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), and Redeemable Preferred Units. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions, the amounts of which are not material in all periods presented, are included in net income/(loss).

p. Exit or Disposal Activities

Costs to idle, consolidate, or close facilities and provide postemployment benefits to employees on an other than temporary basis are accrued based on management’s best estimate of the wage and benefit costs that will be incurred. Costs related to idlings of employees that are expected to be temporary are expensed as incurred. Costs to terminate a contract without economic benefit to the Company are expensed at the time the contract is terminated. One-time termination benefits that are not subject to contractual arrangements provided to employees who are involuntarily terminated are recorded when management commits to a detailed plan of termination, that plan is communicated to employees, and actions required to complete the plan indicate that significant changes are not likely. If employees are required to render service until they are terminated in order to earn termination benefits, the benefits are recognized ratably over the future service period.

q. Share-based Compensation

The Company measures compensation cost arising from the grant of share-based awards to employees at fair value. The Company recognizes such costs in income over the period during which the requisite service is provided, usually the vesting period. See note 14 for further discussion.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

r. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) (AOCI)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, in stockholders’ equity is as follows (in thousands):


	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010
Foreign currency translation	$	17,713		$	29,808
Defined benefit plans, net		(99,727	)		(66,083	)
Unrealized loss on qualifying cash flow hedge, net		12			(255	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(82,002	)	$	(36,530	)

During the year ended December 31, 2011, $1.9 million was transferred out of accumulated other comprehensive (AOCI) through net periodic benefit cost related to the amortization of the loss on the Company’s defined benefit plan. During the year ended December 31, 2010, $1.5 million was transferred out of AOCI through net periodic benefit cost related to the amortization of the loss on the Company’s defined benefit plan and $10.6 million and $2 million that had been recorded in AOCI related to the Company’s cash flow hedges were transferred out of AOCI through interest expense and income tax expense, respectively.

s. Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Generally, matters subject to estimation and judgment include amounts related to accounts receivable realization, inventory obsolescence, fair value measurements, pension and other postretirement benefit plan assumptions, restructuring reserves, self-insurance accruals, asset valuation reserves and accruals related to environmental remediation costs, asset retirement obligations and income taxes. Actual results may differ from those estimates and assumptions, and changes in such estimates and assumptions may affect amounts reported in future periods.

t. Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

Fair Value

On May 12, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04 which amended ASC No. 820,Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. The ASU is the result of joint efforts by the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) to develop a single, converged fair value framework that provides guidance on how to measure fair value and on what disclosures to provide about fair value measurements. The ASU expands ASC No. 820’s existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and makes other amendments. Many of these amendments eliminate unnecessary wording differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 for public entities. The Company is continuing to evaluate the effects, if any, that this ASU may have on its financial condition and results of operations.

Other Comprehensive Income

On June 16, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” which improves the comparability, consistency and transparency of financial reporting and increases the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after December 15, 2011, although early adoption is permitted. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12 “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05,” which defers certain aspects of ASU 2011-05 related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments. The

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

adoption of the revised guidance on January 1, 2012 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The new presentation will be included in the Company’s Quarterly Reporting on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

Note 4. Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges

The Company has executed various restructuring plans and may execute additional plans in the future to realign manufacturing capacity to prevailing global automotive production and to improve the utilization of remaining facilities. Estimates of restructuring charges are based on information available at the time such charges are recorded. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in estimating restructuring expenses, actual amounts paid for such activities may differ from amounts initially recorded. Accordingly, the Company may record revisions of previous estimates by adjusting previously established reserves.

Restructuring Charges

Restructuring charges and asset impairments for each of our segments include the following (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010		2009
International	$	(179	)	$	3,302	$	12,619
Americas		2,839			10,986		817
Consolidated	$	2,660		$	14,288	$	13,436

The following table sets forth net restructuring expense by type for the periods presented (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Employee termination costs	$	1,414	$	573	$	12,860
Other exit costs		1,246		3,716		5,699
Asset impairments		—		9,999		1,787
Restructuring income		—		—		(6,910	)
Total restructuring expense	$	2,660	$	14,288	$	13,436

The Company incurred restructuring expense of $2.7 million and $14.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Company incurred restructuring expense of $20.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2009 which was offset by $6.9 million of restructuring income.

The restructuring income was related to the cancellation of an old customer program relating to the Company’s closed facility in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. This income was recorded in the Americas segment. As of December 31, 2009, all recoveries had been received.

The charges incurred during 2011, 2010, and 2009 primarily related to the following actions:

2011 Actions

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the charges incurred in the Americas segment related to the ongoing maintenance expense of facilities closed as a result of prior actions, in addition to severance costs in Brazil to improve manufacturing efficiencies. These charges were offset partially by a favorable liability adjustment pertaining to closed facilities.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4. Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges – (continued)

2010 Actions

During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $7.3 million related to its non-automotive business. The charge taken relates to the equipment specifically purchased for a contract with a solar customer that failed to materialize, less any anticipated salvage value. The Company also recorded an expense of $2.3 million related to the sale of a closed facility in Granite City, Illinois. During the first quarter of 2010, the Company classified its Bergisch Gladbach facility as held for sale (see note 5), which resulted in an impairment charge of $2.7 million to align the book value with the estimated fair value, less costs to sell. The additional charges incurred in 2010 in both the International and Americas segments related to other severance costs and ongoing maintenance of facilities closed as a result of prior actions.

2009 Actions

In July 2009 in the International segment, the Company announced the closure of its press shop in Bergisch Gladbach, Germany. This closure impacted 57 employees, who ceased employment with the Company in October 2009. Total estimated costs of the closure of this facility are $10.2 million which is comprised of $9.1 million of severance costs and $1.1 million of other exit costs. The Company recorded the entire charge of $10.2 million during 2009 related to the closure of the Bergisch press shop. The additional charges incurred in 2009 in both the International and Americas segments relate to other severance costs, ongoing maintenance of facilities closed as a result of prior actions, and an additional impairment charge on an asset held for sale.

Restructuring Reserve

The table below summarizes the activity in the accrual by segment, reflected in accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, for the above-mentioned actions through December 31, 2011 (in thousands):


	International			Americas			Consolidated
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	8,187		$	1,561		$	9,748
Payments		(7,713	)		(3,419	)		(11,132	)
Increase in liability		580			3,731			4,311
Adjustment to liability		(233	)		(986	)		(1,219	)
Balance at December 31, 2010		821			887			1,708
Payments		(501	)		(1,496	)		(1,997	)
Increase in liability		—			937			937
Adjustment to liability		(179	)		(62	)		(241	)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	141		$	266		$	407

Except as disclosed in the table above, the Company does not anticipate incurring additional material cash charges associated with the actions described above. The change in the liability above does not agree with the restructuring charges in the table above as certain items are expensed as incurred related to the actions described. The liability primarily relates to severance.

The liability decreased during the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to payments made relating to prior accruals. The majority of the $0.4 million restructuring reserve accrued as of December 31, 2011 is expected to be paid in 2012.

The liability decreased during 2010 primarily due to severance payments made relating to the closure of the Company’s facility in Bergisch Gladbach, Germany. In the Americas segment, the liability increased during the year primarily related to the sale of a closed facility; however, the majority of the payments relating to the sale were made as of December 31, 2010.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4. Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges – (continued)

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company incurred payments related to prior accruals in Europe of $0.5 million and in North America of $1.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company incurred payments related to prior accruals in Europe of $7.7 million and in North America of $3.4 million.

Note 5. Assets Held for Sale

The Company had three locations that were considered held for sale in accordance with FASB ASC No. 360,Property, Plant, and Equipment. The three locations were Gunpo, South Korea; Bergisch Gladbach, Germany; and Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The Gunpo facility was classified as held for sale in 2009 and the Bergisch and Milwaukee facilities were classified as held for sale in the first quarter of 2010. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company’s management has determined that it does not expect to sell the Bergisch or Milwaukee locations within one year. Accordingly, the Company has classified these locations as held and used. The following table summarizes assets held for sale by category (in thousands):


	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Land	$	2,335	$	6,426
Building		1,692		1,752
Total	$	4,027	$	8,178

Note 6. Debt

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):


	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010
Senior secured notes, due September 1, 2017 (net of discount of $8,685 and $11,410)	$	353,307		$	392,590
Revolving credit facility		54,000			—
Detroit investment fund indebtedness		798			—
Other foreign subsidiary indebtedness		160,266			147,034
Total long-term debt		568,371			539,624
Less current maturities		(106,533	)		(106,898	)
Long-term debt, net of current portion	$	461,838		$	432,726

The current maturities do not include capital lease obligations of $2.9 million and $3 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Future maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):


2012	$	106,533
2013		40,707
2014		9,474
2015		652
2016		54,652
Thereafter		356,353
Total	$	568,371

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6. Debt – (continued)

Senior Secured Notes

On August 24, 2010, the Company’s subsidiaries, Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC and TA Holdings Finance, Inc. (collectively, the “Issuers”), issued $430 million in senior secured notes (the “notes offering”). The senior secured notes (the “notes”) were issued at an original issue discount of $12.8 million and bear an annual interest rate of 10.625%. The original issue discount is being amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method, through interest expense over the term of the notes which increases the effective annual interest rate to 11.25%. The notes mature on September 1, 2017. The notes are jointly and severally and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company on a senior unsecured basis and by the existing domestic subsidiaries of the Company, other than the Issuers, that are guarantors under Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC’s existing revolving credit facility (the “Amended ABL revolver”) and existing letter of credit facility (the “Letter of Credit Facility”) (such domestic subsidiaries, the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) on a senior secured basis. The notes are senior secured obligations of the Issuers that, subject to certain permitted liens and exceptions, and subject to certain limitations with respect to enforcement, rank equally in right of payment to any existing and future senior indebtedness of the Issuers and are effectively junior to the extent of the collateral securing the Issuers’ and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations on a first priority basis under the Amended ABL revolver. The notes and the subsidiary guarantees are effectively junior to any existing and future indebtedness of the Company’s subsidiaries that are not guaranteeing the notes. The notes also restrict the Company from paying cash dividends on its common stock.

The notes are secured, on a pari passu basis with the obligations under the Letter of Credit Facility, by (i) a first priority security interest in the assets of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors which have been pledged on a first priority basis to the agent for the benefit of the lenders under the Letter of Credit Facility and (ii) on a second priority basis to all other assets of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors which have been pledged on a first priority basis to the agent for the benefit of the lenders under the Amended ABL revolver.

Upon the occurrence of certain specified changes of control, the holders of the notes will have the right to require the Issuers to purchase all or a part of their notes at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

At any time prior to September 1, 2014, the Issuers may redeem some or all of the notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest. Additionally, prior to September 1, 2014, during any 12-month period, the Issuers may redeem up to 10% of the principal amount of the notes at a redemption price equal to 105% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Further, the Issuers may redeem some or all of the notes at any time on or after September 1, 2014 at a redemption price equal to 105.313% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed through September 1, 2015, at any time on or after September 1, 2015 at a redemption price equal to 102.656% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed through September 1, 2016, and at 100% of the principal amount thereafter, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, prior to September 1, 2013, the Issuers may redeem up to 35% of the original principal amount of the notes from the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a price of 110.625% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Company has concluded that bifurcation is not required for the embedded derivative related to the redemption provisions of the notes as it is clearly and closely related to the debt instrument or is not material.

On December 16, 2010, the Issuers redeemed $26 million of the notes at 105% which resulted in a premium paid of $1.3 million that was recognized as other expense. In connection with the redemption, the Issuers accelerated the amortization of the original issue discount and associated debt issue costs by $1.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2010.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6. Debt – (continued)

On March 30, 2011, the Issuers redeemed $17 million of the notes at 105% which resulted in a premium paid of $0.9 million that was recognized as other expense. In connection with the redemption, the Issuers accelerated the amortization of the original issue discount and associated debt issue costs by $0.8 million in the first quarter of 2011.

On September 30, 2011, the Company reduced its outstanding debt by purchasing $17.5 million of the notes in the open market at 102%, which resulted in a premium paid of $0.4 million that was recognized as other expense. The notes purchased were immediately retired by the Company. In connection with the retirement, the Company accelerated the amortization of the original issue discount and associated debt issue costs by $0.7 million in the third quarter of 2011.

On October 6, 2011, the Company reduced its outstanding debt by purchasing $7.5 million of the notes in the open market at 101.75%, which resulted in a premium paid of $0.1 million that was recognized as other expense. The notes purchased were immediately retired by the Company. In connection with the retirement, the Company accelerated the amortization of the original issue discount and associated debt issue costs by $0.3 million in the third quarter of 2011.

As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding principal balance on the notes was $353.3 million (net of a remaining $8.7 million original issue discount).

Amended Revolving Credit Facility

On June 13, 2011, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (the “Amended Revolving Credit Facility Agreement”) by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC (the “Borrower”), the Company, Tower Automotive Holdings I, LLC (“Holdco”), Tower Automotive Holdings II(a), LLC, Tower Automotive Holdings II(b), LLC, the subsidiary guarantors named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC and each of the other financial institutions from time to time party thereto, as Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Issuing Lender, as Swing Line Lender and as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “Agent”) for the Lenders.

The Amended Revolving Credit Facility Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of July 31, 2007, by and among the Borrower, its domestic affiliate and domestic subsidiary guarantors named therein and the lenders party thereto and the Agent. The Amended Revolving Credit Facility Agreement provides for an asset-based revolving credit facility (the “Amended ABL Revolver”) in the aggregate amount of up to $150 million, subject to a borrowing base limitation. The maturity date for the Amended ABL Revolver is June 13, 2016.

The Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of July 31, 2007 provided for a revolving credit facility in the aggregate amount of $150 million, subject to a borrowing base limitation. Advances under the ABL revolver bore interest at a base rate or LIBOR, plus a margin, which were 0.75% for base rate borrowings and 1.75% for LIBOR-based borrowings prior to the amendment. The applicable margins were determined by the average availability under the ABL revolver during the preceding three months. The ABL revolver was scheduled to mature on July 31, 2012 prior to the Amended Revolving Credit Facility Agreement.

Advances under the Amended ABL Revolver will bear interest at an alternate base rate (which is the highest of the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate plus ½% and the Adjusted LIBOR (as each such term is defined in the Amended Revolving Credit Facility Agreement) for a one month interest period plus 1%) plus a base rate margin or LIBOR plus a Eurodollar margin. The applicable margins are determined by the average availability under the Amended ABL Revolver over the preceding three consecutive full calendar months and as of the date of the Amended Revolving Credit Facility Agreement were 2.25% per annum and 3.25% per annum for base rate and LIBOR based borrowings, respectively.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6. Debt – (continued)

The Amended Revolving Credit Facility is guaranteed by the Company, on an unsecured basis, and certain of the Company’s direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries, on a secured basis (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”). The Amended Revolving Credit Facility is secured by the same assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors that secured the obligations under the ABL revolver.

The Amended Revolving Credit Facility Agreement includes customary events of default and amounts due thereunder may be accelerated upon the occurrence of an event of default.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $137.6 million of borrowing availability under the Amended ABL Revolver, of which $54 million of borrowings were outstanding. As of December 31, 2011, the applicable margins were 2.25% per annum and 3.25% per annum for base rate and LIBOR based borrowings, respectively, resulting in a weighted average interest rate of 4.06% per annum.

Detroit Investment Fund

The Company assumed an unsecured debt instrument of $1 million owed to the Detroit Investment Fund, L.P. (“DIF”) upon the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of W Industries (see note 17). The debt instrument requires monthly principal and interest payments with an annual interest rate of 8.5%. The instrument is scheduled to mature in April 2014. As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding principal balance was $0.8 million.

Letter of Credit Facility

On June 13, 2011, the Company entered into a Letter of Credit Facility Agreement dated as of June 13, 2011 (the “Letter of Credit Facility Agreement”) by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC (the “L/C Borrower”), the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as participant in respect of letters of credit issued thereunder, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender.

The Letter of Credit Facility Agreement provides for a letter of credit facility (the “Letter of Credit Facility”) for the issuance of up to $38 million of letters of credit with a sublimit for Euro dominated letters of credit (with an option to increase the Letter of Credit Facility to $44.5 million in the future). Upon a third party drawing on letters of credit issued under the Letter of Credit Facility, the L/C Borrower will become obligated to pay to the lenders the amounts so drawn. The expiration date of the Letter of Credit Facility is June 13, 2014.

On August 5, 2011, the Company amended the Letter of Credit Facility Agreement to reduce the Letter of Credit Facility from $38 million to $30 million (with an option to increase the Letter of Credit Facility to $44.5 million in the future). The remaining terms of the Letter of Credit Facility Agreement remained the same.

As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding letters of credit under the Letter of Credit Facility were $26.1 million. As of December 31, 2011, an 8.5% per annum fee is due on the total amount of the facility. This fee is subject to change in the future based upon then current market conditions.

The Letter of Credit Facility is guaranteed by the Company and certain of the Company’s direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries on an unsecured basis pursuant to a Guaranty entered into and made as of June 13, 2011.

The Letter of Credit Facility is unsecured. The Letter of Credit Facility Agreement contains customary covenants applicable to certain of the Company’s subsidiaries. The Letter of Credit Facility Agreement includes customary events of default and amounts due thereunder may be accelerated upon the occurrence of an event of default.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6. Debt – (continued)

First Lien Term Loan

The first lien term loan was borrowed in two tranches, with $250 million advanced to a U.S. borrower (the “U.S. Borrower”) and the Euro currency equivalent of $260 million (€190.8 million) advanced to a European borrower (the “European Borrower”). The first lien term loan required principal payments of 1%, paid quarterly at the end of each January, April, July and October. Immediately prior to the repayment described below, funds and accounts managed by Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (collectively with Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., “Cerberus” or “Members”) owned approximately 90% of the first lien term loan. The first lien term loan was scheduled to mature on July 31, 2013.

On August 13, 2010, in connection with the offering of the senior secured notes described above, Cerberus agreed to convert $25 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the first lien term loan and, in exchange, received equity in the Company; however, no new units were issued.

On August 24, 2010, the outstanding principal balance on the U.S. Dollar and Euro tranches was repaid in full in connection with the issuance of the senior secured notes described above.

On June 13, 2011, the Company terminated its first lien term loan agreement with the repayment of the $27.5 million Letter of Credit Facility.

$27.5 million Letter of Credit Facility

The $27.5 million letter of credit facility (the “$27.5 million Letter of Credit Facility”) was fully cash collateralized by third party deposit lenders for purposes of replacing or backstopping letters of credit outstanding. The $27.5 million Letter of Credit Facility was part of the First Lien Term Loan and Guaranty Agreement (the “First Lien Agreement”), dated as of July 31, 2007, by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, Tower Automotive Holding Europe B.V., the guarantors named therein, the lenders, named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent, but remained outstanding as it was not terminated when the first lien term loan was paid off in August 2010. The cash collateral was deposited by such third party deposit lenders in a deposit account, and the Company had no right, title or interest in the deposit account.

On June 13, 2011, the Company terminated the First Lien Agreement. At termination, Cerberus owned all of the $27.5 million Letter of Credit Facility. In connection with the termination of the First Lien Agreement, a $27.5 million deposit was returned to Cerberus in its capacity as a deposit lender.

Debt Issue Costs

The Company incurred interest expense related to the amortization of debt issue costs of $2.3 million, $7.8 million, and $3.5 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

Other Foreign Subsidiary Indebtedness

As of December 31, 2011, other foreign subsidiary indebtedness of $160.3 million consists primarily of borrowings in South Korea of $98.6 million, borrowings in Brazil of $30.5 million, receivables factoring in Europe of $19.7 million, and a line of credit in Europe of $11.5 million.

Generally, borrowings of foreign subsidiaries are made under credit agreements with commercial lenders and are used to fund working capital and other operating requirements.

South Korea

As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s South Korean subsidiary had borrowings of $98.6 million (KRW 114.4 billion), consisting of secured indebtedness of $42.8 million (KRW 49.6 billion), secured bonds of $21.5 million (KRW 25 billion), unsecured corporate bonds of $17.2 million (KRW 20 billion) issued in connection with a government sponsored collateralized bond program, unsecured indebtedness of $12.8 million (KRW 14.8 billion), and unsecured bonds of $4.3 million (KRW 5 billion) which have annual

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6. Debt – (continued)

interest rates ranging from 5.34% to 9.96% and maturity dates ranging from February 2012 to August 2014. As of December 31, 2011, the weighted average interest rate on the borrowings in South Korea was 7.05% per annum. The majority of these borrowings are subject to annual renewal. Substantially all of the assets of the Company’s South Korean subsidiary serve as collateral for the secured indebtedness and secured bonds.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company renewed $7.1 million (KRW 8.2 billion) of maturing secured indebtedness and $4.3 million (KRW 5 billion) of a maturing unsecured bond for an additional year. The terms of the new loans are substantially the same as the other portfolio loans.

Brazil

As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s Brazilian subsidiary had borrowings of $30.5 million (R$56.8 million) which have annual interest rates ranging from 5.5% to 15.39% and maturity dates ranging from February 2012 to September 2021. As of December 31, 2011, the weighted average interest rate on the borrowings in Brazil was 13.16% per annum. This credit is provided through bilateral agreements with four local banks. Periodic interest and principal payments are required. The loans are secured by certain fixed and current assets.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, two of the local banks provided the Company with $11.5 million (R$21.5 million) in new term loans. One of the loans is a one-year term loan and the other loan has an extended maturity date through April 2013. The terms of the new loans are substantially the same as the other portfolio loans.

Europe

As of December 31, 2011, the receivables factoring facilities available to the Company were $25.8 million (€19.9 million), of which $19.7 million (€15.2 million) was drawn. These are uncommitted, demand facilities which are subject to termination at the discretion of the banks, and bear interest rates based on the average three month EURIBOR plus a spread ranging from 1.45% to 2.25%. The effective annual interest rates as of December 31, 2011 ranged from 2.88% to 3.68%, with a weighted average interest rate of 2.98% per annum. Any receivables factoring under these facilities is with recourse, and is secured by the accounts receivable factored. These receivables factoring transactions are recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet in short-term debt and current maturities of capital lease obligations.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company obtained a secured line of credit of $11.5 million (€8.9 million). The facility bears an interest rate based on the one month EURIBOR plus 4%. The effective annual interest rate as of December 31, 2011 was 5.1% per annum. The installment loan is secured by mortgages over the land, certain buildings and other assets and is subject to negotiated prepayments upon the receipt of funds from completed tooling projects.

Covenants

As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants that govern its credit agreements.

Capital Leases

The Company had capital lease obligations of $15.1 million and $18.6 million as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, which expire between March 2013 and March 2018. Property under capital leases was $32.7 million and $33.5 million with $12 million and $7.8 million of accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 7. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company was required by its credit agreements to enter into two interest rate swap agreements during the third quarter of 2007. These derivative agreements effectively fixed interest rates on a portion of the Company’s European and U.S. first lien term loan tranches at 5.06% and 4.62%, respectively, and qualified for cash flow hedge accounting treatment under FASB ASC No. 815,Derivatives and Hedging. The swaps were designated as hedging instruments to offset the changes in cash flows resulting from changes in interest rates on this variable rate debt through August 31, 2010. In August 2010, the first lien term loan was repaid in full and the interest rate swaps expired. Under FASB ASC No. 815, each swap was recorded as a cash flow hedge in which the fair value was recorded as an asset or liability and the changes in the fair value were recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. Periodic measurement of hedge effectiveness was performed quarterly. Any changes in the effective portion of these derivatives were recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), a component of stockholders’ equity, while any ineffective portion was recorded in earnings and reflected in the consolidated Statement of Operations as part of interest expense. The following table presents the notional amount of interest rate swaps by class (in thousands):

Financial Instruments

Hedge Type

Notional Amount

Start Date

Maturity Date

Floating to fixed

Cash Flow

182,500

8/31/2007

8/31/2010

Floating to fixed

Cash Flow

€

100,000

8/31/2007

8/31/2010

During 2009, a pre-tax gain of $6 million was recorded in other comprehensive income relating to the two cash flow hedges. As of December 31, 2009, no ineffective portion existed and the fair values of these derivatives were recorded as a liability of $10.6 million in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet in accrued liabilities. The fair value of our interest rate swaps was determined based on third-party valuation models. During the year ended December 31, 2010, $10.6 million and $2 million was expensed through interest expense and income tax expense, respectively, that had been recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. During the year ended December 31, 2009, $6 million was expensed through interest expense that had been recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Note 8. Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses

The Company’s selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses include costs associated with the Company’s sales efforts; engineering; centralized finance, human resources, purchasing, and information technology services; and other administrative functions. The Company has implemented one-time compensation programs that will result in compensation charges against earnings in 2010 and subsequent periods. See notes 14 and 18 for further description of each program. SG&A expenses include the following (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
SG&A (excluding items below)	$	138,941	$	132,221	$	118,331
Special incentive program		—		6,700		—
Supplemental value creation program		4,419		1,509		—
Restricted stock units granted in connection with the IPO		13,932		2,866		—
Acquisition costs		1,100		679		—
Total	$	158,392	$	143,975	$	118,331

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9. Income Taxes

Tax Summary

The summary of income/(loss) before provision for income taxes and noncontrolling interests consisted of the following (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010			2009
Domestic	$	2,721	$	(45,566	)	$	(38,811	)
Foreign		25,264		27,410			(21,325	)
Total	$	27,985	$	(18,156	)	$	(60,136	)

The provision/(benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Current:
Domestic – Federal	$	178		$	—		$	—
Domestic – State		250			(114	)		192
Foreign		15,109			22,284			16,658
Total		15,537			22,170			16,850
Tax/(benefit) expense with offset in OCI:
Domestic – Federal		—			1,786			(4,398	)
Domestic – State		—			192			(503	)
Total		—			1,978			(4,901	)
Deferred
Domestic – Federal		—			—			—
Domestic – State		(370	)		—			238
Foreign		(355	)		(13,851	)		(13,291	)
Total		(725	)		(13,851	)		(13,053	)
Total provision/(benefit) for income taxes	$	14,812		$	10,297		$	(1,104	)

A reconciliation of income tax expense/(benefit) from continuing operations and the US federal statutory income tax expense/(benefit) were as follows (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Taxes at U.S. federal statutory rate	$	9,795		$	(6,355	)	$	(21,057	)
State tax expense/(benefit)		(120	)		372			1,626
Valuation allowance		3,136			3,607			19,496
Disallowed interest expense		1,103			1,171			1,506
Regional production tax – Italy		776			838			720
Foreign withholding taxes		688			2,476			(679	)
Tax/(benefit) expense in OCI		—			1,978			(4,901	)
Cancellation of debt income		—			4,529			—
Foreign tax rate differential		(348	)		(2,017	)		(1,706	)
Increase/(decrease) in uncertain tax positions		(689	)		1,869			2,824
Inflation adjustment – Mexico		(748	)		(913	)		(1,277	)
Other permanent differences		1,220			2,742			2,344
Total income tax expense/(benefit)	$	14,812		$	10,297		$	(1,104	)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9. Income Taxes – (continued)

Deferred income taxes are primarily provided for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. The tax effects of each type of temporary difference and carryforward that give rise to a significant portion of deferred tax assets/(liabilities) are summarized as follows (in thousands):


	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010
Deferred tax assets are attributable to:
Net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits	$	140,908		$	140,991
Accrued compensation and postretirement benefit obligations		46,130			33,505
Non-deductible reserves and other accruals		16,506			22,827
Leases		11,531			8,739
MRO inventory reserve		8,451			8,259
Total gross deferred assets		223,526			214,321
Less: valuation allowance		(188,336	)		(180,395	)
Net deferred income tax assets		35,190			33,926
Deferred tax liabilities are attributable to:
Deferred cancellation of indebtedness income		(16,310	)		(16,310	)
Long lived assets		(2,882	)		(810	)
Total gross deferred liabilities		(19,192	)		(17,120	)
Net deferred tax asset/(liability)	$	15,998		$	16,806

As of December 31, 2011, the amount of valuation allowance that existed was $188.3 million. The valuation allowance increased $7.9 million during 2011 primarily as a result of not recognizing tax benefits from the increases in U.S. post retirement benefit obligations. The Company continually monitors all available evidence to determine if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to utilize the existing deferred tax assets. Based on this assessment, the Company continues to record a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets in the U.S. and certain international jurisdictions, primarily Mexico and the Netherlands. The amount of valuation allowance is approximately 81% domestic and 19% international. As of December 31, 2011, there is not any amount of the valuation allowance for which subsequently recognized benefits will be allocated to reduce goodwill or other intangible assets.

As of December 31, 2010, the amount of valuation allowance that existed was $180.4 million. The valuation allowance increased $8 million during 2010 primarily as a result of not recognizing tax benefits from operating losses in the U.S. where the Company has incurred cumulative losses. The $8 million worldwide increase was partially mitigated by a $9.1 benefit for the reversal of valuation allowances previously recorded on certain South Korean deferred tax assets. In 2011 the Company was able to significantly reduce most of these Korean temporary differences that had valuation allowances recorded against them in 2010.

The Company has U.S. net operating loss (“NOLs”) carryforwards of $194.2 million that expire during the years 2027 through 2031 and state NOL carryforwards of $46.3 million and state credit carryforwards of $22.5 million that expire during the years 2012 through 2031. The state NOL was reduced by $25.5 million from 2010 due to the enactment of a new Michigan Corporate Income Tax (CIT) in 2011. The new Michigan CIT law did not provide for the carryover of NOL’s generated under the old Michigan Business Tax. The Company has recorded deferred tax assets of $68 million and $25.6 million related to federal NOL carryforwards and state NOL and credit carryforwards, respectively.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9. Income Taxes – (continued)

The Company’s international subsidiaries have NOL carryforwards of $172 million, other local income tax NOL carryforwards of $28.1 million and credit carryforwards of $2.7 million at December 31, 2011 of which some expire in 2014 and others are carried forward indefinitely. The Company has recorded deferred tax assets of $47.3 million related to the foreign NOL and credit carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company has not provided for U.S. deferred income taxes and foreign withholding tax on the unremitted earnings of the Company’s international subsidiaries because such earnings are considered permanently reinvested and it is not practical to estimate the amount of income taxes that may be payable upon distribution. The Company has recorded a deferred income tax liability of $0.4 million for the expected future taxes relating to distributions within Europe and Asia.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits are as follows (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Unrecognized tax benefit – January 1	$	10,096		$	8,227		$	5,647
Increase in prior year tax positions		11,107			972			882
Decrease in prior year tax positions		(2,300	)		(262	)		—
Increase in current year tax positions		2,634			1,827			1,718
Audit settlements		(12	)		(152	)		(303	)
Lapse in statute of limitations		(679	)		(100	)		(75	)
Foreign currency translation		(343	)		(416	)		358
Total	$	20,503		$	10,096		$	8,227

The increase in prior year tax positions for 2011 includes increases that did not affect income tax expense in 2011. These unrecognized tax benefits were recorded in other balance sheet accounts or offset by NOLs in prior years.

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 are $19.5 million, $9.1 million, and $7.4 million, respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. These amounts are primarily associated with international tax issues such as the deductibility of interest expenses and the qualification of a China joint venture for a lower tax rate than the statutory tax rate. Also included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are $1 million, $1 million, and $0.8 million, respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized, would result in adjustments to other tax accounts, primarily deferred taxes.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company accrued for the payment of income tax related interest and penalties $3.7 million and $3.5 million, respectively. The amount of interest and penalty expense was $0.2 million, $1.1 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The Company is not currently under IRS or U.S. state income tax examination for any tax year. The Company is under examination in some international jurisdictions for the 2004 – 2010 tax years and has appealed a German audit assessment for tax year 2004. The Company believes appropriate provisions for all outstanding tax issues have been made for all jurisdictions and all open years.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors various pension and other postretirement benefit plans for its employees.

In accordance with FASB ASC No. 805,Business Combinations, on August 1, 2007, the Company recorded a liability for the total projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets for the pension plans and a liability for the total accumulated postretirement benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of plan assets for other postretirement benefit plans and for postretirement benefit settlement agreements, which were approved by the Bankruptcy Court and assumed by the Company.

Defined Benefit Retirement Plans

The Tower Automotive Consolidated Pension Plan (the “Pension Plan”) provides benefits for certain current and former U.S. employees. Benefits under the Pension Plan are based on years of service, compensation, and other factors. Effective October 1, 2006, the plan was frozen and ceased accruing any additional benefits. Contributions by the Company are intended to fund benefits that accrued through October 1, 2006.

The Company’s funding policy is to annually contribute amounts to the Pension Plan’s related trust sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Company expects minimum contribution requirements to the Pension Plan of $20.4 million during 2012. Benefit payments under the Pension Plan are estimated to be $19.7 million, $18.9 million, $19 million, $18.2 million, and $17.7 million for the years ending December 31, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016, respectively, for a total of $93.5 million during that five-year period. Aggregate benefit payments under the Pension Plan for the years 2017 through 2021 are estimated to be $86.2 million.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligations and fair value of assets for the Pension Plan (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31, 2011			Year Ended December 31, 2010
Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the period	$	172,186		$	165,858
Actual return on plan assets		5,918			20,210
Employer contributions		16,289			9,741
Plan expenses paid		(1,438	)		(1,180	)
Benefits paid		(19,716	)		(22,443	)
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the period	$	173,239		$	172,186
Change in Benefit Obligations:
Benefit obligations at the beginning of the period	$	248,589		$	244,588
Service cost		30			29
Interest cost		12,601			13,211
Actuarial loss		27,958			13,204
Benefits paid		(19,716	)		(22,443	)
Benefit obligations at the end of the period	$	269,462		$	248,589
Funded status of the pension plan	$	(96,223	)	$	(76,403	)

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the funded status is recorded as pension liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10. Employee Benefit Plans – (continued)

At the December 31, 2011 measurement date, the accumulated benefit obligation of the Pension Plan was approximately $269 million. At December 31, 2010, the accumulated benefit obligation of the Pension Plan was approximately $248.4 million.

The following table provides the components of net periodic pension benefit cost for the Pension Plan (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Service cost	$	30		$	29		$	28
Interest cost		12,601			13,211			14,305
Expected return on plan assets		(11,259	)		(10,611	)		(10,063	)
Amortization of net losses		1,895			1,495			1,835
Net periodic benefit cost	$	3,267		$	4,124		$	6,105

Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss), pre-tax, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of the following (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Net actuarial loss	$	34,737		$	4,786
Amortization of net losses		(1,895	)		(1,495	)
Amount recognized	$	32,842		$	3,291

The net periodic benefit cost for the year ending December 31, 2012 will contain an estimated $3.1 million to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income.

The assumptions used in the measurement of the Company’s benefit obligation, based upon a December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 measurement date, are as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Discount rate		4.50	%		5.25	%
Rate of compensation increase		4.50	%		4.50	%

The assumptions used in determining net periodic benefit cost are shown below:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Discount rate		5.25	%		5.75	%		6.25	%
Expected return on plan assets		7.40	%		7.25	%		7.25	%
Rate of compensation increase		4.50	%		4.50	%		4.50	%

The present value of the Company’s pension benefit obligation is calculated through the use of a discount rate. The discount rate used is established annually at the measurement date and reflects the construction of a yield curve analysis from a third party, which calculates the yield to maturity that mirrors the timing and amounts of future benefit payments.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10. Employee Benefit Plans – (continued)

The Company invests the assets of the Pension Plan in a diversified portfolio consisting of an array of asset classes that attempts to maximize returns while minimizing volatility. The Company’s allocations of Pension Plan assets on the December 31, 2011 and 2010 measurement dates, as well as the 2011 target allocation, are as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2011 Target
Fixed income investments		43%		40%		45%
Equity securities		32%		35%		30%
Non-equity investments		25%		25%		25%
Real estate		—		—		—
Cash equivalents		—		—		—
Total		100%		100%		100%

The expected long-term rates of return on the plans’ assets assumptions are based on modeling studies completed with the assistance of the Company’s actuaries and investment consultants. The models take into account inflation, asset class returns, and bond yields for both domestic and foreign markets. These studies, along with the history of returns for the plans, indicate that expected future returns, weighted by asset allocation, supported an expected long-term asset return assumption of 7.4% for 2011 and 2010.

The Company’s investment goals are to achieve returns in excess of the plans’ actuarial assumptions, commensurate with the plans’ risk tolerance; to invest in a prudent manner in accordance with fiduciary requirements of ERISA; and to ensure that plan assets will meet the obligations of the plans as they come due.

Investment management of the plans is delegated to a professional investment management firm that must adhere to policy guidelines and objectives. An independent investment consultant is used to measure and report on investment performance; perform asset/liability modeling studies and recommend changes to objectives, guidelines, managers, or asset class structure; and keep the Company informed of current investment trends and issues.

The investment policy, as established by the Company’s Benefit Plans Committee (the “Committee”), allows for effective supervision, monitoring, and evaluating of the investment of the Company’s retirement plan assets. This includes setting forth an investment structure for managing assets and providing guidelines for each portfolio to control the level of overall risk and liquidity. The cash inflows and outflows will be deployed in a manner consistent with the above target allocations. If the Committee determines cash flows to be insufficient within the strategic allocation target ranges, the Committee shall decide whether to effect transactions to bring the strategic allocation within the threshold ranges. Plan assets do not include equity securities of the Company.

Based on consideration of the plans’ projected benefit obligation, the plans’ ability to tolerate risk is in the moderate range. Asset allocation is consistent with this level of risk, with assets being a mix of equities and fixed income. Equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks. Minimum and maximum ranges are established for each asset class to control risk and maximize the effectiveness of the plans’ asset allocation strategy. Asset allocation is reviewed quarterly and rebalanced if necessary. Specific investment guidelines, restrictions, and investment return objectives exist for each asset class and corresponding investment manager.

Pension Plan assets are recorded at fair value. Fixed income and equity securities may each be combined into commingled fund investments. Commingled funds are valued to reflect the Company’s interest in the fund based on the reported year-end net asset value. The estimated fair values of debt securities held are based on

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10. Employee Benefit Plans – (continued)

quoted market prices and/or market data for the same or comparable instruments. Due to the nature of pricing fixed income securities and the use of commingled fixed income funds, some of these instruments are classified as Level 2 or Level 3 investments within the fair value hierarchy described in this note. Fair value estimates for publicly-traded equity securities are based on quoted market prices and/or other market data for the same or comparable instruments. Collective trusts that hold securities directly are stated at fair value of the underlying securities, as determined by the administrator, based on readily determinable market values and as such are classified as Level 2 or Level 3 investments within the fair value hierarchy described in this note. Non-equity investments, which represent approximately 25% of Pension Plan assets, include investments in hedge funds, and are valued based on year-end reported net asset value. The balance sheet includes the funded status of the benefit plans, which represents the difference between the benefit obligations and fair value of Pension Plan assets.

The following table summarizes the Company’s Pension Plan assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions). See note 3 for definitions of Levels 1, 2, and 3 fair value hierarchy and the methods and assumptions to estimate fair value of marketable securities.


	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011
Asset Classes	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Cash	$	2	$	2	$	—	$	—
Equity securities		14		14		—		—
Mutual funds^(a)		71		60		11		—
U.S. Treasuries		5		—		5		—
Corporate bonds		34		—		34		—
Equity long/short hedge funds^(b)		47		—		—		47
Total	$	173	$	76	$	50	$	47


	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010
Asset Classes	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Cash	$	2	$	2	$	—	$	—
Equity securities		21		21		—		—
Mutual funds^(a)		51		39		12		—
U.S. Treasuries		14		—		14		—
Corporate bonds		36		—		36		—
Equity long/short hedge funds^(b)		48		—		—		48
Total	$	172	$	62	$	62	$	48

(a)

This category consists of mutual fund investments that are focused on fixed income and international equity securities.

(b)

This category includes hedge funds that invest both long and short in a variety of U.S. equities, and international equities and currencies. Management of the hedge funds has the ability to shift investments from value to growth strategies, from small to large capitalization stocks, and from a net long position to a net short position.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10. Employee Benefit Plans – (continued)

For Pension Plan assets with a fair value measurement using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), the reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances are as follows (in millions):

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)


	Equity Long/Short Hedge Funds
Beginning balance at December 31, 2009	$	20
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date		2
Purchases		26
Balance at December 31, 2010		48
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date		(1	)
Purchases		—
Ending balance at December 31, 2011	$	47

Defined Contribution Retirement Plans

The Company sponsors various qualified defined contribution retirement plans. Each plan serves a defined group of employees and has varying levels of Company contributions. The Company’s contributions may be required by collective bargaining agreements for certain plans. During 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company contributed $3.8 million, $3.3 million and $3 million, respectively.

Retirement Plans of Non-U.S. Operations

The Company has no defined benefit pension plans associated with its non-U.S. operations. The Company primarily provides severance benefits to employees that have terminated their employment due to retirement or otherwise. The amount associated with such benefits depends upon the length of service of the employee and also upon whether the termination was voluntary or at the request of the Company. During 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company recorded expenses associated with these non-U.S. plans of $3.4 million, $3.2 million, and $3.1 million, respectively.

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10. Employee Benefit Plans – (continued)

Life Insurance Plans

As of July 31, 2007, the Company assumed life insurance benefits for certain U.S. retirees and the benefit plans pursuant to which such life insurance benefits are provided. Expected future life insurance benefit payments amount to $0.8 million for 2012 and $0.9 million for each year 2013 through 2016 for a total of $4.4 million during the five-year period. Aggregate expected benefit payments for the years 2017 through 2021 are $4.4 million.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligations and funded status of the Company’s other post employment benefit plans (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31, 2011⁽¹⁾			Year Ended December 31, 2010⁽¹⁾
Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the period	$	—		$	—
Employer contributions		420			431
Benefits paid		(420	)		(431	)
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the period	$	—		$	—
Change in Benefit Obligations:
Benefit obligations at the beginning of the period	$	13,922		$	13,831
Service cost		—			—
Interest cost		716			753
Actuarial loss (gain)		802			(231	)
Benefits paid		(420	)		(431	)
Benefit obligations at the end of the period	$	15,020		$	13,922

Funded status of life insurance plan	$	(15,020	)	$	(13,922	)

(1)

Excludes defined-dollar capped plans as described above.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the funded status is recorded as accrued liabilities and other non-current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit cost for the plans (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31, 2011⁽¹⁾		Year Ended December 31, 2010⁽¹⁾		Year Ended December 31, 2009⁽¹⁾
Service cost	$	—	$	—	$	—
Interest cost		716		753		778
Expected return on plan assets		—		—		—
Amortization of net losses		—		—		—
Net periodic benefit cost	$	716	$	753	$	778

(1)

Excludes defined-dollar capped plans as described above.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10. Employee Benefit Plans – (continued)

Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income at December 31, 2011 and 2010, pre-tax, consist of the following (in thousands):


	2011		2010
Net actuarial (gain) or loss	$	802	$	(231	)
Net prior service cost		—		—
Amount recognized	$	802	$	(231	)

The discount rate used to measure the Company’s post employment benefit obligation was 4.5% in 2011 and 5.25% in 2010. The discount rate used to determine net periodic benefit costs was 5.25% in 2011, 5.75% in 2010, and 6.25% in 2009. The rate used reflects the construction of a yield curve analysis from a third party, which calculates the yield to maturity that mirrors the timing of future benefits. The measurement dates for the Company’s post retirement benefit plans were December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity and Share Based Compensation

Equity

Effective October 14, 2010, prior to the IPO, (i) all of the Company’s equity owners transferred their equity interests in Tower Automotive, LLC to a newly created limited liability company, Tower International Holdings, LLC, (ii) Tower Automotive, LLC converted into a Delaware corporation named Tower International, Inc., and (iii) all of the equity interests in Tower Automotive, LLC were converted into common stock of Tower International, Inc (“Corporate Conversion”). Thus, immediately prior to the IPO and the commencement of trading of the Company’s common stock, all of the Company’s outstanding common stock was owned by Tower International Holdings, LLC. Upon the Corporate Conversion, all of the equity interests in Tower Automotive, LLC were converted into common stock of Tower International, Inc. On October 20, 2010, the Company received $75.6 million of proceeds, after underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with the sale of 6,250,000 shares of its common stock at the closing of the IPO. On November 3, 2010, the Company sold an additional 383,722 shares of its common stock resulting in additional proceeds of $4.6 million, after underwriting discounts and commissions, pursuant to a partial exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had 19,683,032 and 19,101,588 shares of common stock outstanding, respectively.

Members’ Equity

Prior to August 12, 2010, the membership interests in Tower Automotive, LLC (“Membership Interests”) were represented by issued and outstanding “Units” divided into three series consisting of “Redeemable Preferred Units,” “Common Units” and “MIP Units.” Effective August 12, 2010, the three series of units of the Company were converted into one series of “Capital Units.”

Capital Units

On August 12, 2010, the Company’s operating agreement was amended and restated (the “Unit Conversion”) to provide for the conversion of the Company’s Redeemable Preferred Units, Common Units, and MIP Units into a single class of membership interests, referred to as Capital Units. Prior to the Corporate Conversion, a total of 8,500 Capital Units of Tower Automotive, LLC were owned by Cerberus (Cerberus is sometimes referred to herein as the “Vested Members”) and a total of 1,500 Capital Units of Tower Automotive, LLC were owned by Tower Management, LLC (“Management LLC Capital Units”).

The Management LLC Capital Units held by the former owner of MIP Units will not be entitled to distributions until the holders of the other Capital Units have received distributions, in addition to tax distributions, equal to $180.9 million (the “Reference Amount”) plus a return on the unpaid portion of such amount accruing from July 31, 2010 (“Reference Date”) on a quarterly cumulative basis at a rate of 10% per annum. As a result of the contribution of indebtedness (see note 6), the Reference Amount was increased by $25 million, together with a return on the unpaid portion of such amount accruing from August 24, 2010.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity and Share Based Compensation – (continued)

The Management LLC Capital Units shall not vest until the first time subsequent to the Reference Date when the aggregate distributions made by the Company with respect to all Vested Members since the Reference Date equals the Reference Amount plus accruals (“Vesting Time”).

Common Units

Prior to the Unit Conversion, the Company had authorized, issued, and outstanding 8,500 units of Membership Interest (designated as “Common Units”). Cerberus made initial capital contributions for all of the Common Units, for total cash proceeds of $11.3 million. The Common Units were entitled to all of the rights of ownership, including voting rights. Due to the Unit Conversion, no Common Units were outstanding as of December 31, 2010.

MIP Units/Share Based Compensation

Prior to the Unit Conversion, the Company authorized 1,500 units of Membership Interest (designated as “MIP Units”) to be eligible for grants in connection with the Company’s Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”). The MIP was designed to promote the long-term success of the Company through share-based compensation by aligning the interests of participants with those of its members. The Company’s management determined vesting at the date of grant and assigned the original MIP Units with both service and performance conditions. Effective February 19, 2010, the Board of Managers (“Board”) removed the performance conditions from the MIP Units, which resulted in only a service condition remaining to each unit. The modification resulted in no incremental compensation cost as the fair value of the awards did not change based on the modified terms.

Under the fair value recognition provisions, share-based compensation cost was measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and was recognized as expense over the applicable vesting period of the award. The fair value of each MIP Unit was based on the fair value of the Common Units on the date of grant. The compensation cost for the MIP Plan was insignificant for the periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, with no income tax benefit due to the valuation allowance in the United States recognized during 2010 and 2009.

MIP Units were entitled to all of the rights of ownership but were not entitled to vote, unless required by the Limited Liability Act of the State of Delaware. In addition, MIP Units were entitled to share in the residual value of the Company based on the liquidation preferences described below.

There was no established trading market for the Company’s former Common Units, Redeemable Preferred Units, or MIP Units.

Membership Interest Distributions

Prior to the Corporate Conversion, each fiscal year, the Company was able to make certain distributions to its Members, absent a Liquidation Event (as defined below), and after all amounts were paid by the Company for such fiscal year for ordinary and necessary business expenses, employee salaries and benefits, and payments of principal and interest on any Company indebtedness, in accordance with the following order of priority. First, to the Members, a tax distribution amount which is intended to enable the Members to use such distributions to satisfy their estimated and final income tax liabilities for that fiscal year. Second, until the Vesting Time, to the holders of all Capital Units other than holders of Management LLC Capital Units, an amount that is pro rata in proportion to their respective number of Capital Units. Thereafter, following the Vesting Time, to the holders of all Capital Units (including holders of Management LLC Capital Units), an amount that is pro rata in proportion to their respective number of Capital Units. If distributions are not made with respect to any fiscal year, the distributions to the holders of all Capital Units other than holders of Management LLC Capital Units were cumulative.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity and Share Based Compensation – (continued)

Prior to the Corporate Conversion, in the event of (i) a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company; (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to an unrelated third party; (iii) a merger, acquisition, or sale of Membership Interests, in which Members immediately prior to such event received consideration for no less than half of the value of their Membership Interests; or (iv) a recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification, or other similar transaction in which the Company receives proceeds from a financing for the purpose of distributing such proceeds to the Members and the consummation of which the Board determines is a liquidation event (each, a “Liquidation Event”), the Board was required to make distributions in the following order of priority. First, payment of all debts and liabilities owing to creditors including, if applicable, Members in their capacity as creditors and the expenses of dissolution or liquidation; second, establishment of such reserves as are deemed necessary by the Board for any contingent or unforeseen liabilities of the Company; third, until the Vesting Time, to the holders of all Capital Units other than holders of Management LLC Capital Units, an amount equal to the Reference Amount plus accruals to be distributed to such holders pro rata in proportion to their respective number of Capital Units; and (d) thereafter, following the Vesting Time, to the holders of all Capital Units (including holders of Management LLC Capital Units), pro rata in proportion to their respective number of Capital Units.

In connection with the Corporate Conversion and initial public offering of common stock, all Capital Units were converted into shares of common stock.

Note 12. Redeemable Preferred Units

Prior to the Unit Conversion (see note 11), the Company had outstanding 10,000 units of Membership Interest (designated as “Redeemable Preferred Units”). This was the total number of units authorized, issued, and outstanding. The Members made initial capital contributions for all of the Redeemable Preferred Units in the amount of $213.8 million in July 2007. Redeemable Preferred Units were entitled to all of the rights of ownership, including a profits interest and a distribution preference, but had no conversion rights. Redeemable Preferred Units were non-voting, unless required by the Limited Liability Act of the State of Delaware. In accordance with FASB ASC No. 480,Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, the Redeemable Preferred Units were recorded as mezzanine equity at their issuance price, as they were redeemable at the option of the holder, based on the Members control of the Board of the Company. The initial carrying amount of redeemable preferred stock was its fair value, which was equal to the redemption value at date of issue.

The redemption value of the Redeemable Preferred Units was an amount that was equal to the holder’s initial capital contribution less all distributions previously made to such Redeemable Preferred Unit holders (the “Unpaid Preference Amount”) plus an amount accruing at the rate of 10% per quarter on the holder’s Unpaid Preference Amount (the “Preferred Return Amount”). Therefore, if distributions were not made with respect to any fiscal year, the Redeemable Preferred Unit holders’ distributions were cumulative. These units were recorded at redemption value at each balance sheet date and the Preferred Return Amount was recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company paid distributions to the Redeemable Preferred Unit holders of $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

On August 12, 2010, the Redeemable Preferred Units were converted to Capital Units in connection with the Unit Conversion at carrying value, which approximated fair value. Due to the Unit Conversion, no Redeemable Preferred Units were outstanding as of December 31, 2010.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13. Earnings per Share (“EPS”)

Immediately prior to the Corporate Conversion, the Company had outstanding Capital Units (see note 11). In connection with the Corporate Conversion and IPO (see note 11), existing holders of Capital Units contributed their Capital Units to Tower International Holdings, LLC and that entity received 12,467,866 shares of the Company’s common stock through conversion of the Capital Units into common stock. Additionally, in the third quarter of 2010, prior to the Corporate Conversion, the Company completed the Unit Conversion whereby the Company converted its Common Units, MIP Units, and Redeemable Preferred Units into Capital Units (see note 11). The units outstanding before and after the Unit Conversion were held by the same parties. In addition, the units outstanding before and the shares outstanding after the Corporate Conversion were held by those same parties.

The impact of the Corporate Conversion has been applied on a retrospective basis to determine earnings per share for the periods presented. The weighted average number of common shares reflected in the calculation prior to the IPO is the total number of shares issued to Tower International Holdings based upon their units held on the IPO date.

Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net income/(loss) attributable to Tower International, Inc., less preferred unit dividends, by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding.

The share count for diluted earnings/(loss) per share is computed on the basis of the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus the effects of dilutive common stock equivalents (“CSEs”) outstanding during the period. CSEs, which are securities that may entitle the holder to obtain common stock, include outstanding stock options and restricted stock units. When the average price of the common stock during the period exceeds the exercise price of a stock option, the options are considered potentially dilutive CSEs. To the extent these CSEs are anti-dilutive they are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Also, when there is a loss from continuing operations, potentially dilutive shares are excluded from the computation of earnings per share as their effect would be anti-dilutive.

The Company excluded 0.4 million and 2.2 million, respectively, of potentially anti-dilutive shares for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were no potentially anti-dilutive shares for the year ended December 31, 2009.

A summary of information used to compute basic and diluted net income/(loss) per share attributable to Tower International, Inc. is shown below (in thousands — except share and per share amounts):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010			2009
Net income/(loss) attributable to Tower International, Inc.	$	8,064	$	(36,894	)	$	(67,936	)
Less: Preferred unit dividends		—		(10,707	)		(16,087	)
Income/(loss) available to common shareholders	$	8,064	$	(47,601	)	$	(84,023	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic		19,364,433		13,865,509			12,467,866
Diluted		20,069,532		13,865,509			12,467,866
Net income/(loss) per share attributable to Tower International, Inc.
Basic	$	0.42	$	(3.43	)	$	(6.74	)
Diluted		0.40		(3.43	)		(6.74	)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 14. Share-based Compensation

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

The Company adopted a new equity incentive plan in connection with the IPO that allows for the grants of stock options, restricted stock awards, and other equity-based awards to be made pursuant to the plan. The eligibility requirements and terms governing the allocation of any common stock and the receipt of other consideration under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan are determined by the Board of Directors and/or its Compensation Committee. The number of shares of common stock that may be issued or delivered may not exceed in the aggregate 4.6 million shares. Cash settled awards do not count against the maximum aggregate number.

At December 31, 2011, there were 1,882,721 shares available for future grants of options and other types of awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Forfeited shares may be re-issued under the plan up to the maximum amount to be issued as defined by the plan.

The following table summarizes the Company’s award activity during 2011 and 2010:


	Options					Restricted Stock Units
Outstanding at:	Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
October 14, 2010		—		$	—		—		$	—
Granted		457,098			13.00		1,763,625			13.00
Vested		—			—		—			—
Forfeited		—			—		—			—
December 31, 2010		457,098			13.00		1,763,625			13.00
Granted		22,805			15.63		600,894			11.30
Vested		—			—		(881,815	)		13.00
Forfeited		(50,463	)		13.00		(76,680	)		13.42
December 31, 2011		429,440		$	13.14		1,406,024		$	12.25

Stock options — The exercise price of each stock option equals the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recorded based on the fair value at the grant date and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the applicable vesting periods. The Company’s stock options generally vest over three years with a maximum term of ten years.

The Company calculated the weighted-average fair value of each option at the date of the grant using a Black-Scholes valuation model. The weighted-average key assumptions used in the model for options granted in 2010 and 2011 are an expected term of 6.5 years, expected volatility of 62%, and a risk free rate of return that approximates the T-bill rate. The dividend yield is assumed to be zero since there are no current plans to pay common stock dividends. The Company used the simplified method to calculate the expected term because the Company has insufficient historical exercise data due to the limited period of time the Company’s common stock has been publicly traded. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company recognized an expense of $0.9 million and $0.1 million, respectively, relating to the options. The Company did not recognize any tax benefit related to this compensation expense. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has $2 million of unrecognized compensation expense associated with these stock options that will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the next 26 months on a weighted average basis.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company has an aggregate of 429,440 stock options that have been granted but have not yet vested. As of December 31, 2011, the remaining average contractual life for the options is approximately 8.75 years and the options have no intrinsic value because the market price of the Company’s common stock is not in excess of the exercise price of the options granted. No stock options were exercised and 50,463 stock options were forfeited during the year ended December 31, 2011.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 14. Share-based Compensation – (continued)

Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) — The grant date fair value of each RSU equals the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recorded based on the fair value at the grant date, less an estimated forfeiture amount, and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the applicable vesting periods.

During the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company recognized an expense of $13.9 million and $2.9 million, respectively, relating to the RSUs granted in connection with the Company’s IPO (see note 18). The Company did not recognize any tax benefit related to this compensation expense. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has $4 million of unrecognized compensation expense associated with these RSUs that will be amortized on a straight-line basis through April 2012.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company granted additional RSUs to certain executives and recognized an expense of $0.5 million relating to these RSUs. The Company did not recognize any tax benefit related to this compensation expense. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has $6.1 million of unrecognized compensation expense associated with these RSUs that will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the next 34 months on a weighted average basis. The Company’s RSUs generally vest over a three year period.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company has an aggregate of 1,406,024 RSUs that have been granted but have not yet vested. In addition, 76,680 RSUs were forfeited during the year ended December 31, 2011.

On July 20, 2011, one half of the RSUs granted at the time of the Company’s IPO vested resulting in the issuance of 881,815 shares at a fair value of $15.1 million. After offsets for withholding taxes, a total of 581,444 shares of common stock were issued in connection with this initial vesting. This total is net of shares repurchased to provide payment for the employee’s minimum statutory withholding tax. The Company paid $5.1 million to acquire 300,371 vested shares to cover the minimum statutory withholding taxes. Compensation expense associated with the unvested RSUs will continue to be recognized through the vesting on April 20, 2012.

Note 15. Related Party Transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2009, Cerberus purchased from third parties an additional portion of the first lien term loan which resulted in ownership of approximately 86% of the Company’s first lien term loan. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company paid $14.8 million and $14.6 million of interest to Cerberus relating to the first lien term loan and the related letter of credit facility. On August 24, 2010, the outstanding principal balance on the U.S. Dollar and Euro tranches of the Company’s first lien term loan were repaid in full in connection with the issuance of the Company’s senior secured notes. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company paid $374 million and $2.6 million of principal payments to Cerberus relating to the first lien term loan and letter of credit facility. On August 13, 2010, in connection with the offering of the Company’s senior secured notes, Cerberus agreed to convert $25 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under the first lien term loan and, in exchange, received equity in the Company; however, no new units were issued.

The Company has made certain payments to Cerberus for certain operational consulting services post acquisition. The Company made minor payments to its parent totaling less than $0.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. The Company also had certain service agreements with Board members whereby the Company paid them approximately $1.3 million and $2 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, no consulting or service agreements existed with Board members.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15. Related Party Transactions – (continued)

On August 3, 2007, an affiliate of Cerberus acquired 80% of the Chrysler division from DaimlerChrysler Corporation. On April 30, 2009, Chrysler filed for bankruptcy and Cerberus divested its ownership in Chrysler. The Company sells certain products from its North American operations to Chrysler. The sale of these products was $17.7 million during the four months ended April 30, 2009.

The Company sells certain products from its Asian operations to our joint venture partners, FAW-VW and Chery. The sale of these products to FAW-VW was $110 million, $106.8 million, and $90.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The sale of these products to Chery was $31.7 million, $34.9 million, and $42.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company’s accounts receivable with FAW-VW at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $3.2 million and $11.7 million, respectively. The Company’s accounts receivable with Chery at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $9.4 million and $21 million, respectively.

Note 16. Segment Information

The Company defines its operating segments as components of its business where separate financial information is available and is routinely evaluated by management. The company’s chief operating decision maker (CODM) is the Chief Executive Officer. The Company produces engineered structural metal components and assemblies primarily serving the global automotive industry. The Company’s operations have similar economic characteristics, and share fundamental characteristics including the nature of the products, production processes, customers, and distribution channels. The Company’s products include body structures stampings, chassis structures (including frames), and complex welded assemblies for small and large cars, crossovers, pickups and SUVs. The Company is comprised of four operating segments: Europe, Asia, North America, and South America. These operating segments are aggregated into two reportable segments. The International segment consists of Europe and Asia while the Americas segment consists of North and South America.

The Company measures segment operating performance based on Adjusted EBITDA. The Company uses segment Adjusted EBITDA as the basis for the CODM to evaluate the performance of each of the Company’s reportable segments.

The following is a summary of selected data for each of our segments, excluding discontinued operations (in thousands):


	International		Americas		Total
2011:
Revenues	$	1,334,033	$	1,072,056	$	2,406,089
Adjusted EBITDA		118,290		109,323		227,613
Capital expenditures		78,316		51,799		130,115
Total assets		905,482		491,896		1,397,378
2010:
Revenues	$	1,147,614	$	849,444	$	1,997,058
Adjusted EBITDA		125,545		64,690		190,235
Capital expenditures		46,255		56,553		102,808
Total assets		867,300		472,876		1,340,176
2009:
Revenues	$	990,523	$	643,882	$	1,634,405
Adjusted EBITDA		108,650		16,350		125,000
Capital expenditures		49,753		29,185		78,938
Total assets		886,936		447,485		1,334,421

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 16. Segment Information – (continued)

Inter-segment sales are not significant for any period presented. Capital expenditures do not equal cash disbursed for purchases of property, plant, and equipment as presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows, as capital expenditures above include amounts paid and accrued during the periods presented.

The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to income/(loss) before provision for income taxes (in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Adjusted EBITDA	$	227,613		$	190,235		$	125,000
Restructuring		(2,660	)		(14,288	)		(13,436	)
Depreciation and amortization		(114,578	)		(114,668	)		(147,705	)
Receivable factoring charges		(453	)		(471	)		(757	)
Acquisition costs		(1,100	)		(679	)		—
Incentive compensation related to funding events		(18,351	)		(11,075	)		—
Interest expense, net of interest income		(61,155	)		(65,910	)		(56,899	)
Other income/(expense), net		(1,331	)		(1,300	)		33,661
Income/(loss) before provision for income taxes	$	27,985		$	(18,156	)	$	(60,136	)

The following is a summary of revenues and long-lived assets by geographic location (in thousands):


	Years Ended and End of Year December 31,
	2011					2010					2009
	Revenues			Long-Lived Assets		Revenues			Long-Lived Assets		Revenues			Long-Lived Assets
Belgium	$	154,503		$	28,890	$	157,709		$	29,648	$	161,821		$	45,887
Italy		142,812			37,581		140,255			45,628		158,483			56,722
Germany		402,946			78,616		341,220			86,719		250,142			96,121
Slovakia		155,286			75,308		99,990			63,498		75,980			59,698
Other Europe		59,194			8,652		56,236			10,313		54,117			11,536
South Korea		352,381			123,817		275,730			113,858		190,362			99,833
China		155,005			44,942		166,892			26,496		147,403			20,926
U.S.		852,446			220,028		640,076			210,825		472,622			216,337
Brazil		219,753			51,447		209,515			44,340		171,273			38,580
Intercompany eliminations		(88,237	)		—		(90,565	)		—		(47,798	)		—
Total	$	2,406,089		$	669,281	$	1,997,058		$	631,325	$	1,634,405		$	645,640

Revenues are attributed to geographic locations based on the location of specific production. Long-lived assets consist of net property, plant and equipment and company-owned tooling.

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 16. Segment Information – (continued)

The following is a summary of the approximate composition by product category of the Company’s revenues (in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Body structures and assemblies	$	1,239,665	$	1,052,675	$	920,990
Complex body-in-white assemblies		573,572		405,849		282,582
Chassis, lower vehicle systems and suspension components		534,361		509,881		402,882
Other		58,491		28,653		27,951
Total	$	2,406,089	$	1,997,058	$	1,634,405

The Company sells its products directly to automotive manufacturers. Following is a summary of customers that accounted for 10 percent or more of consolidated revenues in any of the three years ended December 31, 2011:


	2011			2010			2009
Ford		17	%		13	%		13	%
VW		17	%		16	%		17	%
Hyundai/Kia		14	%		13	%		10	%
Fiat		9	%		11	%		13	%
Volvo		7	%		8	%		10	%

All customers that accounted for 10 percent or more of consolidated revenues from the table above are customers in the automotive industry; therefore, the Company is subject to a concentration of credit risk.

Note 17. Acquisitions and Joint Ventures

Xiangtan Joint Venture

In July 2011, a foreign subsidiary of the Company reached an agreement with Xiangtan Ditong Automotive Industrial Machinery Co., Ltd. (DIT) to form a joint venture in which the Company exercises control that was approved by the Chinese government in September 2011. The joint venture partner contributed its facility located in Xiangtan, Hunan Province, China in exchange for 50% ownership, which resulted in a $5.9 million noncontrolling interest. The joint venture is included in the consolidated financial statements because the Company exercises control.

W Industries

On April 11, 2011, Tower Defense and Aerospace, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, acquired substantially all of the assets of W Industries located in Detroit, Michigan. The Company exchanged its ownership in the W Industries secured debt acquired during the first quarter of 2011 (fair value of $11.3 million) and cash for substantially all of the assets of W Industries and agreed to assume certain liabilities. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase under the acquisition method in accordance with FASB ASC No. 805,Business Combinations. The total purchase price was approximately $22.3 million, which did not include direct acquisition costs of approximately $1.1 million. The acquisition was recorded by allocating the purchase price to the assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed, based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. There was no goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition. Supplemental pro forma disclosures are not included as the amounts are deemed immaterial. Revenues and earnings of the acquiree since the acquisition date included in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations are immaterial for all periods presented.

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 17. Acquisitions and Joint Ventures – (continued)

In accordance with FASB ASC No. 805, the preliminary purchase price allocation is subject to additional adjustment within one year after the acquisition as additional information on asset and liability valuations becomes available. Through December 31, 2011, minor adjustments have been recorded related to accrued expenses and property, plant, and equipment. The Company does not expect significant changes to be made to the allocated amounts as of December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2011, the allocation of the purchase price for the acquisition was made to the following major opening balance sheet categories (in millions):


Assets Acquired
Current assets	$	4.2
Property, plant and equipment, net		25.9
Intangibles		2.3
Total assets acquired		32.4
Total liabilities assumed		10.1
Net assets acquired	$	22.3

Facility in Artern, Germany

On March 14, 2010, a foreign subsidiary of the Company acquired the assets of the manufacturing plant of TWB Fahrzeugtechnik GmbH & Co, KG i.L. located in Artern, Germany from an insolvency administrator. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase under the acquisition method in accordance with FASB ASC No. 805,Business Combinations. The total purchase price was approximately $17.7 million, which does not include direct acquisition costs of approximately $0.7 million. The acquisition was recorded by allocating the purchase price to the assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed, based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. There was no goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition. Supplemental pro forma disclosures are not included as the amounts are deemed immaterial. Revenues and earnings of the acquiree since the acquisition date included in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations are immaterial for all periods presented.

The final allocation of the purchase price for the acquisition was made to the following major opening balance sheet categories (in thousands):


Assets Acquired
Current assets	$	1,925
Property, plant and equipment, net		14,495
Intangibles		2,055
Total assets acquired		18,475
Other non-current liabilities assumed		822
Net assets acquired		17,653
Less: Amount remaining to pay		966
Cash paid during 2010	$	16,687

102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases office and manufacturing space and certain equipment under non-cancelable lease agreements, which require the Company to pay maintenance, insurance, taxes and other expenses in addition to rental payments. The Company has entered into leasing commitments with lease terms expiring between the years 2011 and 2021. The Company has options to extend the terms of certain leases in future periods. The properties covered under these leases include manufacturing equipment and facilities and administrative offices and equipment. Rent expense for all operating leases totaled $21.4 million, $21.3 million, and $24.1 million in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Future minimum capital and operating lease payments at December 31, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):


Year	Operating Leases		Capital Leases
2012	$	21,159	$	3,767
2013		16,952		2,271
2014		16,525		1,727
2015		15,973		1,658
2016		17,697		1,589
Thereafter		42,561		7,510
Total future lease payments	$	130,867		18,522
Less: amount representing interest				(3,396	)
Present value of minimum lease payments			$	15,126

Purchase Commitments

As of December 31, 2011, the Company was obligated under executory purchase orders for approximately $63.4 million of capital expenditures, $47.7 million of tooling, and $5.8 million of other expenditures.

Compensation Programs

The primary objectives of the Company’s compensation programs are to (i) attract, motivate and retain the best executive officers with the skills necessary to successfully manage the business, and (ii) align the interests of the executive officers with equityholders by rewarding them for strong Company performance.

Special Incentive Program

The Board established the Special Incentive Program on February 19, 2010. The Special Incentive Program provided for a $5.5 million cash bonus to be paid to eight executives if a Qualifying Event occurred. For this program, a “Qualifying Event” was defined as the consummation of an initial public offering or the repayment of the Company’s first lien term loan in full. The Company initially believed it would repay the first lien term loan on or before its July 31, 2013 expiration date; thus, the Company began recording an expense related to the Special Incentive Program on a straight line basis through July 31, 2013. On July 22, 2010, the Board modified the Special Incentive Program to provide that, in addition to the $5.5 million cash bonus payable upon consummation of an initial public offering or retirement of the Company’s first lien term loan, an additional cash bonus of $1.2 million would be payable to specified executive officers of the Company on the earlier of the one year anniversary of the consummation of a notes offering or the consummation of an initial public offering. As the Company retired its first lien term loan on August 24, 2010, the Company recognized the remaining expense related to the $5.5 million in August and began recording the additional $1.2 million over the one year vesting period. On October 20, 2010, the additional $1.2 million Special Incentive Program vested immediately upon the closing of the IPO. The full amount of the compensation paid pursuant to the Special Incentive Program that had not been previously expensed was charged as a compensation expense against earnings in the fourth quarter of 2010 when the compensation was paid. The Company recorded an expense of $6.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had no liability remaining related to the Special Incentive Program.

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies – (continued)

Supplemental Value Creation Program

The Supplemental Value Creation Program was created in addition to the VC Plan discussed above on February 19, 2010. The Supplemental Value Creation Program provided for a $7.5 million cash bonus to be paid to approximately 70 executives, subject to vesting requirements of 9 and 18 months, if a Qualifying Liquidation Event were to occur. A Qualifying Liquidation Event was initially defined to have occurred if the Preferred Unit holders received a cash distribution in an amount equal to the full value of their preferred investment in the Company. On July 22, 2010, the Supplemental Value Creation Program was modified to include the retirement of the existing first lien term loan in full or consummation of an initial public offering as Qualifying Liquidation Events. As the Company retired its first lien term loan on August 24, 2010, the Company began recording a liability in August 2010 related to this Program. The Company recorded an expense of $4.4 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and had a liability recorded of $2.6 million and $1.5 million relating to this Program.

Long Term Incentive Program

The Board established the Long Term Incentive Program on February 19, 2010. Participants were entitled to receive special cash bonuses if a Qualifying Transaction occurred. For this program, a “Qualifying Transaction” was defined as a distribution to the Company’s Preferred Unit holders in excess of $50 million. In the event of an IPO, the special bonuses were expected to be paid in the form of restricted stock units (“RSUs”), the number of which was to be determined on the basis of the amount of value attributable to the Preferred Unit holders. A Qualifying Transaction was not a prerequisite to such award of RSUs. In connection with the Company’s IPO, the special bonuses were paid in the form of RSUs under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (see note 14); therefore, no cash bonuses will be paid under this Program.

Environmental Matters

The Company owns properties which have been impacted by environmental releases. The Company is actively involved in investigation and/or remediation at several of these locations. Total costs and liabilities associated with environmental contamination could be substantial and may have an adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Accruals for environmental matters are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. The established liability for environmental matters is based upon management’s best estimates of expected investigation/remediation costs related to environmental contamination. It is possible that actual costs associated with these matters will exceed the environmental reserves established by the Company. Inherent uncertainties exist in the estimates, primarily due to unknown environmental conditions, changing governmental regulations and legal standards regarding liability and evolving technologies for handling site remediation and restoration. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had accrued approximately $2.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively, for environmental matters.

Contingent Matters

The Company will establish reserves for matters in which losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. These types of matters may involve additional claims that, if granted, could require the Company to pay penalties or make other expenditures in amounts that will not be estimable at the time of discovery of the matter. In these cases, a liability will be recorded at the low end of the range if no amount within the range is a better estimate in accordance with FASB ASC No. 450,Accounting for Contingencies.

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies – (continued)

In connection with the bankruptcy of Tower Automotive, Inc., all of the assets not acquired by Tower Automotive, LLC were transferred to a Post-Consummation Trust (the “Post-Consummation Trust”). The Company agreed to pay up to $70 million to the Post-Consummation Trust to relinquish certain defined liabilities to date. The Company has made payments of $57.5 million and remains contingently liable to pay an additional $12.5 million. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has not recorded a liability for the $12.5 million since it does not believe it is probable that any additional payments to the Post-Consummation Trust will be required; therefore, these amounts were eliminated as part of the final purchase accounting adjustments. To the extent that future payments are required, the payments will be expensed.

The Company has been subject to various governmental audits in Brazil. During the first quarter of 2011, the Company received a favorable court ruling on one of these matters and was able to reduce its liability by $7 million. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has a remaining liability recorded of $2.1 million and may be required to pay up to $7 million. To the extent that future payments are required above the amount recorded as a liability, the payments will be expensed.

Litigation

The Company is subject to various legal actions and claims incidental to its business, including potential lawsuits with customers or suppliers. Litigation is subject to many uncertainties and the outcome of individual litigated matters is not probable and estimable. After discussions with counsel litigating these matters, it is the opinion of management that the outcome of such matters will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Note 19. Change in Working Capital and Other Operating Items

The following table summarizes the sources/(uses) of cash provided by changes in working capital and other operating items (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Accounts receivable	$	(30,906	)	$	(6,988	)	$	(114,754	)
Inventories		(11,911	)		(10,578	)		13,563
Prepaid tooling and other current assets		5,716			215			6,875
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		22,139			44,495			92,999
Other assets and liabilities		(13,788	)		13,424			8,548
Change in working capital	$	(28,750	)	$	40,568		$	7,231

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 20. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following table summarizes selected quarterly financial data (in thousands):


Quarter	Net Sales		Gross Profit		Net Income/ (Loss)			Net Income/ (Loss) Attributable to Tower International, Inc.			Diluted Earnings/ (Loss) per Share
2011
1st	$	599,635	$	69,570	$	10,755	^(c)	$	9,022 ^(c)		$	0.45
2nd		602,718		58,699		(1,552	)		(2,774	)		(0.15	)
3rd		588,991		59,656		(3,766	)		(4,848	)		(0.25	)
4th		614,745		68,187		7,736			6,664			0.33
Full Year	$	2,406,089	$	256,112	$	13,173		$	8,064		$	0.40
2010
1st	$	479,129	$	53,225	$	(2,348	)	$	(4,482	)	$	(0.70	)
2nd		501,682		55,538		4,305			1,911			(0.20	)
3rd		474,640		44,878		(10,986	)^(a)		(13,001	)^(a)		(1.21	)
4th		541,607		56,941		(19,424	)^(b)		(21,322	)^(b)		(1.18	)
Full Year	$	1,997,058	$	210,582	$	(28,453	)	$	(36,894	)	$	(3.43	)

(a)

During the third quarter of 2010, the Company recorded one-time compensation charges of $6.1 million related to the Special Incentive Program and Supplemental Value Creation Program in connection with the notes offering.

(b)

During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $7.3 million related to solar spending, one-time compensation charges of $5 million related to the compensation programs in connection with the initial public offering, an expense of $2.5 million related to the partial redemption of the notes, and a restructuring charge of $2.3 million in connection with the sale of a closed facility.

(c)

During the first quarter of 2011, the Company recorded a net favorable settlement of $5.7 million associated with a value added tax audit in Brazil.

Note 21. Subsequent Events

In February 2012, a foreign subsidiary of the Company reached an agreement with Ningbo Beilun Ditong Auto Parts Co., Ltd. (a subsidiary of Ditong Automotive Products Co., Ltd) and Zhejiang Jirun Automobile Co. Ltd. (a subsidiary of Geely Automobile Co,. Ltd), subject to the approval of the Chinese government, to form a majority-owned joint venture located in Ningbo, China. The agreement is expected to be approved during the first half of 2012.

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Mark Malcolm, our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), and James C. Gouin, our Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), have performed an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as of December 31, 2011 and each has concluded that such disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our periodic reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. The assessment was based on criteria established in the framework “Internal Control — Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included herein.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has not been any change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2011, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

The information required by Item 10 regarding executive officers and directors is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Directors and Executive Officers” and “The Board of Directors” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of the Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), or will be filed by amendment. The information required by Item 10 regarding the audit committee and audit committee financial expert disclosure is incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “The Board of Directors — Committees of the Board of Directors” and “Audit Committee Matters” in the Proxy Statement, or will be filed by amendment.

Disclosure of delinquent Section 16 filers required by Item 10, if any, pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “Additional Information — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement, or will be filed by amendment.

Tower has adopted a Code of Business Conduct that applies to, among other persons, our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and other persons performing similar functions. A copy of our Code of Business Conduct is available on our website,www.towerinternational.com, by following links to “Investor Relations,” “Corporate Governance,” “Governance Documents” and “Code of Conduct” or upon written request to the Company. In the event that we make any amendments to, or grant any waiver including an implicit waiver from, a provision of the Code of Conduct that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer that requires disclosure under applicable SEC rules, we intend to disclose the amendment or waiver and the reasons therefore on our website within four business days of the date of the amendment or waiver.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” and “Compensation Tables” in the Proxy Statement, or will be filed by amendment.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by Item 12 relating to security ownership is incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “Security Ownership” in the Proxy Statement, or will be filed by amendment.

Equity Compensation Plan Information — The following table provides information about our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2011.


Plan Category	Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights		Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights		Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		1,835,464	$	12.46		1,882,721
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		N/A		N/A		N/A
Total		1,835,464	$	12.46		1,882,721

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by Item 13 regarding transactions with related persons is incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Part Transactions” in the Proxy Statement, or will be filed by amendment.

The information required by Item 13 regarding director independence is incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “The Board of Directors —” in the Proxy Statement, or will be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “The Board of Directors — Audit Committee Matters” in the Proxy Statement, or will be filed by amendment.

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) List of documents filed as part of this Annual Report or incorporated herein by reference:

(1) Financial Statements: The following financial statements of the Registrant as set forth under Part II, Item 8 of this report on Form 10-K on the pages indicated:


	Page
Audited Financial Statements for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2011:
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		58
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010		60
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009		61
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009		62
Consolidated Statements of Equity/(Deficit), Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), and Redeemable Preferred Units for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009		64
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		65

(2) Financial Statement Schedule:

SCHEDULE II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009
(in thousands)


Column A	Column B		Column C						Column D			Column E
			Additions
Description	Balance at Beginning of Year		Charged to Costs and Expenses			Charged to Other Accounts			Deductions			Balance at End of Year
Year Ended December 31, 2011
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	1,674	$	3,182		$	—		$	(1,244	)^(a)	$	3,612
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance		180,395		3,136			4,805			—			188,336
Year Ended December 31, 2010
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	2,439	$	(199	)	$	—		$	(566	)^(a)	$	1,674
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance		172,358		3,607			4,430			—			180,395
Year Ended December 31, 2009
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	3,974	$	930		$	—		$	(2,465	)^(a)	$	2,439
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance		170,093		19,496			(17,231	)		—			172,358

(a)

Write off of uncollectible accounts

All other schedules are omitted because they are inapplicable or not required or the information is included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(3) Exhibits


2.1		Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2007, by and among Tower Automotive, Inc., a debtor-in-possession and certain of its subsidiaries, and Tower Automotive, LLC f/k/a TA Acquisition Company, LLC (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
2.2		Form of Contribution Agreement providing for the contribution of equity interests in Tower Automotive, LLC to Tower International Holdings, LLC (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
3.1		Form of Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
3.2		Form of By-Laws of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
4.1		See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Registrant defining the rights of holders of common stock of the Registrant.
4.2		Specimen stock certificate (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
4.3		Form of Registration Rights Agreement between the Registrant. and Tower International Holdings, LLC (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
4.4		Indenture, dated as of August 24, 2010, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC and TA Holdings Finance, Inc., as issuers, the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee and collateral agent (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.1		Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, the Guarantors named therein, the Lenders named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.2		Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated May 5, 2008, by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No.333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.3		Amendment No. 2 to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2010, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.4		First Lien Term Loan and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, Tower Automotive Holding Europe B.V., the Guarantors named therein, the Lenders, named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS


10.5		Amendment No 1 to First Lien Term Loan and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2007, by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, Tower Automotive Holding Europe B.V., the Guarantors named therein, the Lenders named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.6		Amendment No 2 to First Lien Term Loan and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2008, by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, Tower Automotive Holding Europe B.V., the Guarantors named therein, the Lenders named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.7		Waiver and Amendment No 3 to First Lien Term Loan and Guaranty Agreement, April 1, 2009, by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, Tower Automotive Holding Europe B.V., the Guarantors named therein, the Lenders named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.8		Amendment No. 4 to the First Lien Term Loan and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2010, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, Tower Automotive Holdings Europe B.V., the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.9		Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2010, among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as representative with respect to certain agreements identified therein, Wilmington Trust FSB, as representative with respect to the notes agreement identified therein, each additional representative from time to time party thereto, Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, the other loan parties party thereto and Tower Automotive, LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.10		Term Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2010, among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as synthetic letter of credit facility agent, Wilmington Trust FSB, as notes collateral agent, each additional term agent from time to time party thereto, each grantor from time to time party thereto and Tower Automotive, LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.11		Amended and Restated ABL Security Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2010, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.12		Amended and Restated First Lien Term Loan Security Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2010, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.13		Notes Security Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2010, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, TA Holdings Finance, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust FSB, as collateral agent (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.14†		Registrant’s Employment Agreement with James Gouin (filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.15†		Letter Agreement Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, between the Registrant and James Gouin (filed as Exhibit 10.52 to Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS


10.16†		Registrant’s Employment Agreement with Mark Malcolm (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.17†		Letter Agreement Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, between the Registrant and Mark Malcolm (filed as Exhibit 10.50 to Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.18†		Registrant’s Employment Agreement with Michael Rajkovic (filed as Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.19†		Letter Agreement Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, between the Registrant and Michael Rajkovic (filed as Exhibit 10.51 to Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.20†		Registrant’s Employment Agreement with William Cook (filed as Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.21†		Registrant’s Employment Agreement with Gyula Meleghy (filed as Exhibit 10.29 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.23†		Registrant’s Compensation Agreement with Paul Radkoski (filed as Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.24		Form of Indemnification Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.25		Service Agreement with Rande Somma & Associates LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.33 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.26		Amendment to Service Agreement with Rande Somma & Associates LLC, dated September 29, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.55 to Amendment No. 9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.27		Service Agreement with Larry Schwentor and MGT4VALUE LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.28†		Second Amended and Restated Value Creation Plan of Tower Automotive, LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.29†		Form of 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Amendment No. 9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.30†		Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.29 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.31†		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.30 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.32†		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.30.1 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS


10.33†		Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.31 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.34†		Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.31.1 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.35†		Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.32 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.36†		Tower Management, LLC 2007 Management Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.33 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.37†		Form of Award Letter, Tower Automotive, LLC Supplemental Value Creation Program Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.34 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.38†		Form of Award Letter, Tower Automotive, LLC 2010 Long-Term Incentive Program (filed as Exhibit 10.35 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.39†		Form of Award Letter, Tower Automotive, LLC Special Incentive Program (filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.40††		Lease Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2002, by and among Module (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.41		Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2002, by and among Module (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.38 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.42††		Amendment No. 2 to Lease Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and among Module (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.39 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.43††		Lease Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2002, by and among Chassis (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.40 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.44		Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2002, by and among Chassis (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.41 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.45††		Amendment No. 2 to Lease Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and among Chassis (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.46		Unit Sale and Purchase Agreement of Mark Malcolm (filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS


10.47		Unit Sale and Purchase Agreement of Jim Gouin (filed as Exhibit 10.44 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.48		Unit Sale and Purchase Agreement of Michael Rajkovic (filed as Exhibit 10.45 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.50		Unit Sale and Purchase Agreement of Gyula Meleghy (filed as Exhibit 10.47 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.51		Unit Sale and Purchase Agreement of Rande Somma and Associates LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.48 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.52		Unit Sale and Purchase Agreement of MGT4VALUE LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.49 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.53†		Form of Amendment to Form of Award Letter, Tower Automotive, LLC 2010 Long-Term Incentive Program (filed as Exhibit 10.53 to Amendment No. 9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.54†		Form of Award Letter, Tower Automotive, LLC 2010 Special Incentive Program (filed as Exhibit 10.54 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.55		Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2011, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, as borrower, Tower International, Inc., Tower Automotive Holdings I, LLC, Tower Automotive Holdings II(a), LLC, Tower Automotive Holdings II(b), LLC, and the other guarantors party hereto, as guarantors, the lenders party hereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 14, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.56*		Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2011, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, as borrower, Tower International, Inc., as holdings, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as L/C participant, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and issuing lender.
10.57*†		Letter Agreement Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2011, between the Registrant and James Gouin.
10.58*†		Letter Agreement Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2011, between the Registrant and Mark Malcolm.
10.59*†		Letter Agreement Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2011, between the Registrant and Michael Rajkovic.
10.60*†††		Amendment No. 3 to Lease Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2011, by and among Chassis (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive USA Operations I, LLC and Tower Automotive USA Operations II, LLC (successors in interest to Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC).
10.61*†††		Amendment No. 4 to Lease Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2011, by and among Chassis (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive USA Operations I, LLC and Tower Automotive USA Operations II, LLC (successors in interest to Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC).
10.62*		Amendment to Service Agreement with Rande Somma & Associates LLC, dated November 29, 2011.
11.1		A statement regarding the computation of earnings per share is omitted because such computation can be clearly determined from the material contained in this Report.

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

21.1* Subsidiaries of Tower International, Inc.23.1* Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm31.1* Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 200231.2* Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 200232.1** Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.32.2** Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.101.INS XBRL Instance Document ***101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Scheme Document ***101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document ***101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document ***101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document ***

Filed herewith.

Furnished herewith.

***

Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the interactive data files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

†

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

††

Confidential treatment has been granted for certain provisions of this Exhibit pursuant to Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

†††

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to the Company’s request to the Secretary of the Securities and Exchange Commission for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


Date: March 8, 2012		/s/ James C. Gouin James C. Gouin Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 8^th day of March, 2012.


Signature		Title
/s/ Mark Malcolm Mark Malcolm		Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ James C. Gouin James C. Gouin		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Jeffrey L. Kersten Jeffrey L. Kersten		Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ James Chapman James Chapman		Director
/s/ Dennis Donovan Dennis Donovan		Director
/s/ Frank E. English, Jr. Frank E. English, Jr.		Director
/s/ Chan Galbato Chan Galbato		Director
/s/ Jonathan Gallen Jonathan Gallen		Director
/s/ Dev Kapadia Dev Kapadia		Director
/s/ Larry Schwentor Larry Schwentor		Director
/s/ Scott Wille Scott Wille		Director

117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXHIBIT LIST


2.1		Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2007, by and among Tower Automotive, Inc., a debtor-in-possession and certain of its subsidiaries, and Tower Automotive, LLC f/k/a TA Acquisition Company, LLC (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
2.2		Form of Contribution Agreement providing for the contribution of equity interests in Tower Automotive, LLC to Tower International Holdings, LLC (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
3.1		Form of Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
3.2		Form of By-Laws of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
4.1		See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Registrant defining the rights of holders of common stock of the Registrant.
4.2		Specimen stock certificate (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
4.3		Form of Registration Rights Agreement between the Registrant. and Tower International Holdings, LLC (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
4.4		Indenture, dated as of August 24, 2010, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC and TA Holdings Finance, Inc., as issuers, the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee and collateral agent (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.1		Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, the Guarantors named therein, the Lenders named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.2		Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated May 5, 2008, by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No.333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.3		Amendment No. 2 to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2010, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.4		First Lien Term Loan and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, Tower Automotive Holding Europe B.V., the Guarantors named therein, the Lenders, named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).

118

TABLE OF CONTENTS


10.5		Amendment No 1 to First Lien Term Loan and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2007, by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, Tower Automotive Holding Europe B.V., the Guarantors named therein, the Lenders named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.6		Amendment No 2 to First Lien Term Loan and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2008, by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, Tower Automotive Holding Europe B.V., the Guarantors named therein, the Lenders named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.7		Waiver and Amendment No 3 to First Lien Term Loan and Guaranty Agreement, April 1, 2009, by and among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, Tower Automotive Holding Europe B.V., the Guarantors named therein, the Lenders named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.8		Amendment No. 4 to the First Lien Term Loan and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2010, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, Tower Automotive Holdings Europe B.V., the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.9		Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2010, among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as representative with respect to certain agreements identified therein, Wilmington Trust FSB, as representative with respect to the notes agreement identified therein, each additional representative from time to time party thereto, Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, the other loan parties party thereto and Tower Automotive, LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.10		Term Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2010, among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as synthetic letter of credit facility agent, Wilmington Trust FSB, as notes collateral agent, each additional term agent from time to time party thereto, each grantor from time to time party thereto and Tower Automotive, LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.11		Amended and Restated ABL Security Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2010, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.12		Amended and Restated First Lien Term Loan Security Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2010, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.13		Notes Security Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2010, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, TA Holdings Finance, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust FSB, as collateral agent (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.14†		Registrant’s Employment Agreement with James Gouin (filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.15†		Letter Agreement Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, between the Registrant and James Gouin (filed as Exhibit 10.52 to Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS


10.16†		Registrant’s Employment Agreement with Mark Malcolm (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.17†		Letter Agreement Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, between the Registrant and Mark Malcolm (filed as Exhibit 10.50 to Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.18†		Registrant’s Employment Agreement with Michael Rajkovic (filed as Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.19†		Letter Agreement Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, between the Registrant and Michael Rajkovic (filed as Exhibit 10.51 to Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.20†		Registrant’s Employment Agreement with William Cook (filed as Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.21†		Registrant’s Employment Agreement with Gyula Meleghy (filed as Exhibit 10.29 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.23†		Registrant’s Compensation Agreement with Paul Radkoski (filed as Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.24		Form of Indemnification Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.25		Service Agreement with Rande Somma & Associates LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.33 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.26		Amendment to Service Agreement with Rande Somma & Associates LLC, dated September 29, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.55 to Amendment No. 9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.27		Service Agreement with Larry Schwentor and MGT4VALUE LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as originally filed on March 4, 2010 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.28†		Second Amended and Restated Value Creation Plan of Tower Automotive, LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.29†		Form of 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Amendment No. 9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.30†		Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.29 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.31†		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.30 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.32†		Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.30.1 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).

120

TABLE OF CONTENTS


10.33†		Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.31 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.34†		Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.31.1 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.35†		Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.32 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.36†		Tower Management, LLC 2007 Management Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.33 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.37†		Form of Award Letter, Tower Automotive, LLC Supplemental Value Creation Program Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.34 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.38†		Form of Award Letter, Tower Automotive, LLC 2010 Long-Term Incentive Program (filed as Exhibit 10.35 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.39†		Form of Award Letter, Tower Automotive, LLC Special Incentive Program (filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.40††		Lease Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2002, by and among Module (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.41		Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2002, by and among Module (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.38 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.42††		Amendment No. 2 to Lease Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and among Module (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.39 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.43††		Lease Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2002, by and among Chassis (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.40 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.44		Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2002, by and among Chassis (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.41 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.45††		Amendment No. 2 to Lease Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2007, by and among Chassis (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.46		Unit Sale and Purchase Agreement of Mark Malcolm (filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).

121

TABLE OF CONTENTS


10.47		Unit Sale and Purchase Agreement of Jim Gouin (filed as Exhibit 10.44 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.48		Unit Sale and Purchase Agreement of Michael Rajkovic (filed as Exhibit 10.45 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.50		Unit Sale and Purchase Agreement of Gyula Meleghy (filed as Exhibit 10.47 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.51		Unit Sale and Purchase Agreement of Rande Somma and Associates LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.48 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.52		Unit Sale and Purchase Agreement of MGT4VALUE LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.49 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.53†		Form of Amendment to Form of Award Letter, Tower Automotive, LLC 2010 Long-Term Incentive Program (filed as Exhibit 10.53 to Amendment No. 9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.54†		Form of Award Letter, Tower Automotive, LLC 2010 Special Incentive Program (filed as Exhibit 10.54 to Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-165200) and incorporated herein by reference).
10.55		Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2011, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, as borrower, Tower International, Inc., Tower Automotive Holdings I, LLC, Tower Automotive Holdings II(a), LLC, Tower Automotive Holdings II(b), LLC, and the other guarantors party hereto, as guarantors, the lenders party hereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 14, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.56*		Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2011, among Tower Automotive Holdings USA, LLC, as borrower, Tower International, Inc., as holdings, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as L/C participant, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and issuing lender.
10.57*†		Letter Agreement Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2011, between the Registrant and James Gouin.
10.58*†		Letter Agreement Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2011, between the Registrant and Mark Malcolm.
10.59*†		Letter Agreement Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2011, between the Registrant and Michael Rajkovic.
10.60*†††		Amendment No. 3 to Lease Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2011, by and among Chassis (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive USA Operations I, LLC and Tower Automotive USA Operations II, LLC (successors in interest to Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC).
10.61*†††		Amendment No. 4 to Lease Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2011, by and among Chassis (DE) Limited Partnership, Tower Automotive USA Operations I, LLC and Tower Automotive USA Operations II, LLC (successors in interest to Tower Automotive Products Company, Inc. and Tower Automotive Tool LLC).
10.62*		Amendment to Service Agreement with Rande Somma & Associates LLC, dated November 29, 2011.
11.1		A statement regarding the computation of earnings per share is omitted because such computation can be clearly determined from the material contained in this Report.

122

TABLE OF CONTENTS


21.1*		Subsidiaries of Tower International, Inc.
23.1*		Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1*		Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2*		Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1**		Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2**		Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS		XBRL Instance Document ***
101.SCH		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Scheme Document ***
101.CAL		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document ***
101.LAB		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document ***
101.PRE		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document ***

Filed herewith.

Furnished herewith.

***

†

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

††

Confidential treatment has been granted for certain provisions of this Exhibit pursuant to Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

†††

123

Positive
Negative
Uncertain
Constraining
Legalese
Litigous
Readability	H.S. freshman Avg

Tower International (TOWR) 10-K2011 FY Annual report

Content analysis

UNITED STATESSECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSIONWashington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. — FORM 10-KFOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1. Business

Our Company

Our History and Corporate Structure

Our Corporate History

Our Corporate Conversion and Initial Public Offering (“IPO”)

Our Industry

Our Strategy

Revenue Growth

Maintain a Sound Balance Sheet

Intense Focus on Cash Flow

Our Competitive Strengths

Geographic Diversification

Geographic Mix (% of Revenues)

Customer Diversification

Customer Mix (% of Revenues)

Customer Mix by Region (% of Revenues)

Platform Diversification

Vehicle Platform Mix (% of Revenues)

Competitive Cost Structure

Our Products

Product Offerings

Body structures and assemblies

Chassis, lower vehicle structures and suspension components

Complex body-in-white assemblies

Other

Product Mix

Product Group Mix (% of Revenues)

Overview of Major Vehicle Models

International Operations

Manufacturing and Operations

Supply Base — Manufactured Components and Raw Materials

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

Customers

Customer Support

Seasonality

Competition

Joint Ventures

Employees

Environmental Matters

Segment Overview

Public Information

Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Risk Factors Relating to Our Industry and Our Business

The weakness in the global economy, the global credit markets and the financial services industry over the past several years has severely and negatively affected demand for automobiles and automobile parts and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We have invested substantial resources in markets where we expect growth and we may be unable to timely alter our strategies should such expectations not be realized.

Our business in China is subject to aggressive competition and is sensitive to economic and market conditions.

We are subject to risks related to our international operations.

Foreign exchange rate fluctuations could cause a decline in our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Deterioration in the United States and world economies could exacerbate the difficulties experienced by our customers and suppliers in obtaining financing, which, in turn, could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The automobile industry is highly cyclical and cyclical downturns in our domestic or international business segments negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Product liability claims could cause us to incur losses and damage our reputation.

The decreasing number of automotive parts customers could make it more difficult for us to compete favorably.

The decreasing number of automotive parts suppliers could make it more difficult for us to compete favorably.

We may have difficulty competing favorably in the highly competitive automotive parts industry.

The inability for us, our customers and/or our suppliers to obtain and maintain sufficient capital financing, including working capital lines, and credit insurance may adversely affect our, our customers’ and our suppliers’ liquidity and financial condition.

We operate with negative working capital which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may incur material costs related to legal proceedings, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are dependent on large customers for current and future revenues. The loss of any of these customers or the loss of market share by these customers could have a material adverse impact on us.

We may be unable to realize revenues represented by our awarded business, which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our joint venture partners may have interests that are not consistent with those of the joint venture, thereby resulting in our joint venture failing to achieve the results we desire.

Our ability to recognize revenues from non-automotive business is subject to several risks, any one of which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows

Disruptions in the automotive supply chain could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The volatility of steel prices may adversely affect our results of operations.

The seasonality we experience in our business may negatively impact our quarterly results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.

We may incur material costs related to plant closings, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The hourly workforce in the automotive industry is highly unionized and our business could be adversely affected by labor disruptions.

We are subject to environmental requirements and risks as a result of which we may incur significant costs, liabilities and obligations.

Any acquisitions or divestitures we make could disrupt our business and materially harm our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The value of our deferred tax assets could become impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.

We have a material amount of goodwill, which, if it becomes impaired, would result in a reduction in our net income and equity.

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

TOWER INTERNATIONAL, INC. — FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

TABLE OF CONTENTS